PAYLESS SHOESOURCE INC
10-Q, 1996-06-13
SHOE STORES
Previous: EMPIRE STATE MUNICIPAL EXEMPT TRUST GUARANTEED SERIES 128, 487, 1996-06-13
Next: MCN FINANCING I, 8-A12B, 1996-06-13



<PAGE>






                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                          Washington, D.C.  20549

                                 FORM 10-Q



             QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15 (d)
                  OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                For The Quarterly Period Ended May 4, 1996


                      Commission File Number 1-11633


                         PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.
          (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



           Missouri                          48-0674097
(State or other jurisdiction of            (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)          Identification Number)



3231 East Sixth Street, Topeka, Kansas         66607-2207
(Address of principal executive offices)            (Zip Code)


                              (913) 233-5171
                      (Registrant's telephone number,
                           including area code)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months
and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days.                                   YES   X    NO        

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's
classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. 

                       Common Stock, $.01 par value
                   40,365,054 shares as of May 31, 1996





<PAGE>
                      PART 1 - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1 - Financial Statements

                 PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                (Unaudited)

(Millions)
                                  May 4,    April 29,  Feb. 3,
ASSETS                             1996       1995       1996  
- ------                           --------   --------   --------
Current Assets:
 Cash and marketable securities  $   92.3   $    6.7   $    4.6
 Accounts receivable, net             5.9        4.0        4.4
 Merchandise inventories            366.3      401.4      398.0
 Other current assets                45.6       21.8       43.9
                                 --------   --------   --------
   Total Current Assets             510.1      433.9      450.9

Property and Equipment, at cost     865.1      864.7      868.5
Accumulated Depreciation           (321.5)    (281.0)    (308.5)
                                 --------   --------   --------
 Net Property and Equipment         543.6      583.7      560.0

Other Assets                          3.3        3.4        3.4
                                 --------   --------   --------
   Total Assets                  $1,057.0   $1,021.0   $1,014.3
                                 ========   ========   ========

LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNER'S EQUITY
- -----------------------------------
Current Liabilities:
 Current maturities of
   capital lease obligations    $    1.3   $    1.5   $    1.2
 Accounts payable                   68.3       78.9       65.0
 Accrued expenses                  164.7       73.5      152.7
                                 --------   --------   --------
   Total Current Liabilities       234.3      153.9      218.9

Capital Lease Obligations            9.4       10.8       10.3

Deferred Income Taxes                8.9        9.2        8.9

Other Liabilities                   23.3       22.4       23.3

Shareowner's Equity                781.1      824.7      752.9 

                                 --------   --------   --------
   Total Liabilities and
       Shareowner's Equity      $1,057.0   $1,021.0   $1,014.3
                                 ========   ========   ========


   The accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
     statements are an integral part of this balance sheet.

                                 2

<PAGE>
                 PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS
                                (Unaudited)


(Millions, except per share)              13 Weeks Ended     
                                       ---------------------
                                         May 4,    April 29,
                                          1996       1995 
                                       ---------   ---------
Net Retail Sales:                      $  601.4    $  569.6
       

Cost of sales                          $  426.6    $  403.6
       
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses                 134.2       121.8
       
Interest expense, net                        .3          .3
                                       ---------   ---------
Earnings from continuing operations
  before income taxes                      40.3        43.9
       
Provision for income taxes                 16.1        17.4
                                       ---------   ---------

Net Earnings                           $   24.2    $   26.5
                                       =========   =========

Earnings per Share                     $     .60   $     .66
                                       =========   ==========

Shares Outstanding                         40.4        40.4
                                       =========   ==========





     The accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
         statements are an integral part of this statement.
















                                 3

<PAGE>
                 PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                (Unaudited)

(Millions)                                     13 Weeks Ended   
                                            ---------------------
                                              May 4,    April 29,
                                               1996       1995  
                                            ---------   ---------
Operating Activities:
  Net earnings                              $   24.2    $   26.5
  Depreciation/amortization                     23.3       23.1
  Change in working capital (excluding
    cash, marketable securities and 
    short-term debt)                            43.9       (36.8)
                                            ---------   ---------
Total Operating Activities                      91.4        12.8  
                                            ---------   ---------

Investing Activities:
  Net additions to property and equipment       (6.8)      (16.2)
                                            ---------   ---------
Total Investing Activities                      (6.8)      (16.2)
                                            ---------   ---------

                                                   
Financing Activities:
  Net repayments of long-term debt               (.9)        (.8)

  Net transactions with May                        0         4.3
  Issuances of common stock                      4.0          (0)
                                            ---------   ---------

Total Financing Activities                       3.1         3.5
                                            ---------   ---------
Increase in Cash
  and Marketable Securities                 $   87.7    $     .1
Cash and Marketable Securities,
  Beginning of Quarter                           4.6         6.6
Cash and Marketable Securities,
  End of Period                                 92.3         6.7  
                                            =========   =========



     The accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
         statements are an integral part of this statement.










                                 4

<PAGE>
                 PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Interim Results.  These unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements of Payless ShoeSource, Inc. (the "Company")
have been prepared in the ordinary course of business for the
purpose of presenting information with respect to the Company's
quarter ending May 4, 1996.  The Company believes that all
adjustments (none of which were other than normal recurring
accruals) necessary for a fair presentation of the financial
position and operating results for the interim period have been
made.  However, certain items are included in these statements
based on estimates for the entire year.  The condensed
consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction
with the financial statements of the Company included in its Form
10 Registration Statement that became effective on April 15, 1996
(the "Form 10") and the MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES (pages
21-25) in the Form 10.  The results of operations for the 13
weeks ended May 4, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of results
for the entire fiscal year ended February 1, 1997.

Note 2. Inventories.  Merchandise inventories are stated on the
FIFO (First-In-First-Out) cost basis.  

Note 3. Spin-Off.  In January 1996, The May Department Stores
Company announced its intention to spin-off the Company.  The
spin-off was completed effective May 4, 1996 as a tax-free
distribution to The May Department Stores Company shareowners. 
The Company's financial statements presented herein reflect
operations on a stand-alone basis independent of The May
Department Stores Company.

As discussed in the Company's Form 10, the Company is incurring
special retention costs associated with the spin-off establishing
Payless as an independent company.  Those costs totaled $6.1
million pre-tax in the 13 weeks ended May 4, 1996, with an
additional $3.9 million estimated to be incurred in the remainder
of the current fiscal year.

Note 4. Store Closings.  During the first quarter, the Company
closed 115 stores.  In May, the Company closed an additional 217
stores as part of its previously announced plan to close
underperforming stores.  The projected cost of the store-closing
program was recorded as a charge to earnings in the fourth
quarter of 1995.

Note 5.  Earnings Per Share.  The Company's earnings per share
and outstanding shares were calculated based on the number of
Company shares issued and outstanding as of May 4, 1996, the date
of the spin-off from The May Department Stores Company.





                                 5

<PAGE>
Item 2 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial        
         Condition and Results of Operations

Liquidity and Capital Resources

A summary of key financial information for the periods indicated
is as follows:
                                  May 4,    April 29,    Feb. 3,
                                   1996       1995        1996  
                                  ------    ---------    -------
Current Ratio                       2.2         2.8        2.1
Debt-Capitalization Ratio*          1.3%        1.5%       1.5%
Fixed Charge Coverage**             2.0x        3.4x       2.0x

  * Debt-to-capitalization has been computed by dividing total
    debt, which includes current maturities and long-term capital
    lease obligations by capitalization, which includes current
    maturities and long-term capital lease obligations, and non-
    current deferred taxes.  The debt-to-capitalization ratio,
    including the present value of future minimum rental payments
    under operating leases as debt and capitalization would be
    52.9%, 50.9% and 54.1% for the periods referred to above.

 ** Fixed charge coverage, which is presented for the trailing 52
    weeks in each period ended above, is defined as earnings
    before gross interest expense, income taxes, and the interest
    component of rent expense divided by gross interest expense
    and the interest component of rent expense.  All costs and
    expenses of the Company relating to special retention costs
    and the special non-recurring charge associated with the
    spin-off are included in the above calculation.  Excluding
    these costs, the fixed charge coverage would be 2.8x, 3.4x
    and 2.8x for the periods referred to above.   

Company's fixed charge coverage ratio for the 52 weeks ended May
4, 1996 decreased as compared with the 52 week period ended April
29, 1995, due to an increase in rent associated with the
acquisition of the Kobacker locations that was completed in the
first quarter fiscal 1995.

The Company has in place a $200 million revolving credit facility
with a bank syndication group on which no borrowings were
outstanding at the end of the quarter.

Capital expenditures during the 1996 first quarter totaled $13.1
million with an additional $100 million estimated to be expended
in fiscal year 1996.  The Company anticipates that cash flow from
operations and the credit facility will be sufficient to finance
projected capital expenditures.

The increase in cash of $87.7 million resulted from earnings
before depreciation/amortization of $47.5 and improved working
capital, primarily attributable to lower inventories.




                                 6

<PAGE>
Results of Operations

Net retail sales represent the sales of stores operating during
the period.  Sales percent increases are as follows:

                                 Total   Store-for-Store
                                 -----   ---------------
   First Quarter 1996              5.6%        5.3%
   First Quarter 1995             10.2%       (4.6)%

Store-for-store sales represent sales of those stores open during
comparable periods.

The following table presents the components of costs and
expenses, as a percent of revenues, for the first quarter of 1996
and 1995.

                                     1996        1995
                                     -----       -----
 Cost of sales                       70.9%       70.9%
 
 Selling, general and
   administrative expenses           22.3        21.3 
 Interest expense, net                 .1          .1
                                     -----       -----
 Earnings before income taxes         6.7%        7.7%
                                     =====       =====

 Effective income tax rate           39.9%       39.6%
                                     =====       =====
 Net Earnings                         4.0%        4.7%
                                     =====       =====

Cost of sales was $426.6 million in the 1996 first quarter, up
5.7% from $403.6 million in the 1995 first quarter.  The overall
increase resulted from a 5.6% increase in sales.  As a percent of
revenues, cost of sales remained constant between 1996 and 1995
at 70.9%.  

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $134.2 million
in the 1996 first quarter, compared with $121.8 million in the
1995 first quarter, a 10.2% increase.  The increase is related to
higher sales volume and a $6.1 million retention charge
associated with the spin-off.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses, as a percent of revenues, increased 1.0%
for the first quarter of 1996 as compared with 1995.  Excluding
the retention charge (as discussed in Note 3), selling, general
and administrative expenses, as a percent of revenues, decreased
by .1%.








                                 7

<PAGE>
At the end of the first quarter, the Company operated 4,477
stores in 49 states, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. 
The following table presents the change in store count for the
first quarter of 1996 and 1995.

                                     1996        1995
                                     -----       -----
 Beginning of year                   4,549       4,435 
 
 Stores opened                          43         163 
             
 Stores closed                        (115)        (29)

 Ending store count                  4,477       4,569


For further information see the First Quarter Press Release of
Sales and Earnings which is appended to this report as Exhibit
20.






































                                     8

<PAGE>
                        PART II - OTHER INFORMATION


Item 1 - Legal Proceedings

  There are no material pending legal proceedings, other than
  ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, to
  which registrant or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of
  which any of their property is the subject.

Item 2 - Changes in Securities   None.

Item 3 - Defaults Upon Senior Securities   None.

Item 4 - Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 
         None.

Item 6 - Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

 (a)  Exhibits

    3.1  Copy of Restated Articles of Incorporation of the
         Company

    3.2  Copy of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company

    10.1 Copy of Amended Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of 
         April 2, 1996, between the Company and The May
         Department Stores Company.

    10.2 Copy of Multicurrency Credit Agreement, dated as of 
         April 22, 1996, among the Company, several financial 
         institutions and Bank of America National Trust and 
         Savings Association.

    10.3 Copy of Payless ShoeSource, Inc. Executive Incentive 
         Compensation Plan for Payless Executives, as 
         amended.  

    11   Computation of Net Earnings Per Share

    20   Press Release of Sales and Earnings

    27   Financial Data Schedule

 (b)  Reports on Form 8-K

      No reports have been filed on Form 8-K during the quarter
      ended May 4, 1996.








                                 9

<PAGE>
                                SIGNATURES

  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                               PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.    
                              

Date:  6/13/96                 /s/ Steven J. Douglass
       -------------------     --------------------------------
                                      Steven J. Douglass
                                         Chairman and
                                    Chief Executive Officer




Date:  6/13/96                 /s/ Ullrich E. Porzig
       -------------------     -------------------------------- 
                                       Ullrich E. Porzig
                                   Senior Vice President and
                                    Chief Financial Officer


































                                     10

<PAGE> 


<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 3.1


                       RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                            PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.

          Pursuant to the provisions of Section 351.106 of the Missouri  General
and  Business  Corporation  Law  (the  "GBCL"),  the  undersigned   Corporation,
originally incorporated under the name Volume Distributors,  Inc. on October 30,
1961,  pursuant to a resolution  adopted by its sole shareholder as of April 30,
1996, such shareholder  owning  41,000,000  shares of the  Corporation's  Common
Stock, which represents all of the Corporation's issued and outstanding stock as
of the date hereof, hereby executes its Restated Articles of Incorporation.

          These Restated  Articles of Incorporation  correctly set forth without
change  the  corresponding  provisions  of  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  as
theretofore  amended and restated,  and these Restated Articles of Incorporation
supercede  the  original  Articles  of  Incorporation  and  all  amendments  and
restatements thereto.

          "FIRST -- The name of the corporation is Payless ShoeSource, Inc.
(the "Corporation").

          "SECOND -- The Corporation's registered agent shall be CT Corporation
System at 906 Olive Street, St. Louis, Missouri, 63101.

          "THIRD --

          A. Classes and Number of Shares.  The aggregate  number of shares that
the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred  forty-five million
(145,000,000),  consisting of one hundred twenty million (120,000,000) shares of
common stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  and  twenty-five
million  (25,000,000)  shares of preferred  stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Preferred Stock").

          B.  Preemptive Rights. All preemptive rights are hereby denied, so
that none of the Common Stock, the Preferred Stock or any other security or
securities of the Corporation shall carry with it, and no holder or owner of any
Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any other security or securities of the
Corporation  shall have,  any  preferential  or preemptive  right to acquire any
additional  shares of Common  Stock,  Preferred  Stock or any other  security or
securities of the Corporation.

          C. Cumulative  Voting. All cumulative voting rights are hereby denied,
so that none of the Common Stock,  the Preferred  Stock or any other security or
securities of the Corporation shall carry with it, and no holder or owner of any
Common Stock,  Preferred  Stock or any other security of the  Corporation  shall
have any right to vote  cumulatively  in the  election of  directors  or for any
other purpose.









<PAGE>
          D. Preferred  Stock.  Shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation
may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series,  each of which
class or series  shall have such  distinctive  designation  or title as shall be
fixed by the Board of Directors of the  Corporation  (the "Board of  Directors")
prior to the  issuance  of any  shares  thereof.  Each  such  class or series of
Preferred  Stock shall have such voting  powers,  full or limited,  or no voting
powers,  and such  preferences  and relative,  participating,  optional or other
special rights and such qualifications,  limitations or restrictions thereof, as
shall be stated in such  resolution  or  resolutions  providing for the issue of
such class or series of  Preferred  Stock as may be adopted from time to time by
the Board of Directors  prior to the issuance of any shares thereof  pursuant to
the  authority  hereby  expressly  vested  in it,  all in  accordance  with  the
requirements of the GBCL.

          "FOURTH --

          A.  Number  and  Classification.  The  business  and  affairs  of  the
Corporation  shall  be  managed  by or  under  the  direction  of the  Board  of
Directors,  consisting of not less than 3 nor more than 15 directors,  the exact
number of directors to be determined from time to time by resolution  adopted by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.  The number
of directors  shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the
Corporation.  Any  changes in the number of  directors  shall be reported to the
Secretary of State of Missouri  within thirty  calendar days of such change,  if
required by the GBCL. The Board of Directors  shall be and is divided into three
classes,  designated  Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist,
as nearly as may be  possible,  of  one-third  of the total  number of directors
constituting  the  entire  Board of  Directors,  with the term of  office of the
directors of one class expiring each year.  Each director shall serve for a term
ending on the date of the third annual  meeting  following the annual meeting at
which such director was elected;  provided,  however,  the directors  elected to
Class I as of May 4, 1996 shall serve for a term ending on the date of the 
annual meeting next following the end of the calendar year 1996, the directors  
elected to Class II as of May 4,  1996  shall  serve  for a term  ending  on the
date of the  annual meeting next  following  the end of the calendar  year 1997,
and the directors elected to Class III as of May 4, 1996 shall serve for a term
ending on the date of the annual meeting next following the end of the calendar
year 1998.  Each director  shall hold office  until the annual  meeting for the
year in which his term expires and until such director's successor shall be 
elected and qualified, subject, however, to such director's earlier death, 
resignation, disqualification or removal from office. In the event of any change
in the authorized number of directors, the Board of Directors shall apportion 
any newly created directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in,
such class or classes as shall, so far as possible, equalize the number of 
directors in each class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of
any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the  Corporation
shall have the right, voting separately by class or series to elect directors at
an annual or special meeting of  shareholders,  the election,  term of office, 
filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed
by the terms of these Articles of Incorporation or the resolution or resolutions
adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article THIRD applicable  thereto,
and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this
Article FOURTH unless expressly provided by such terms.


                                       2



<PAGE>
          B. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors resulting from any
increase in the number of directors and any other vacancy occurring in the Board
of Directors may be filled by the Board of Directors acting by a majority of the
directors then in office,  although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining
director,  and any director so elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until
the next election of directors by shareholders of the  Corporation.  In no event
shall a decrease in the number of  directors  shorten the term of any  incumbent
director.

          C. Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders
of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, at a meeting called expressly for
that  purpose,  any or all of the directors of the  Corporation,  may be removed
from the office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote
of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds  percent (66-2/3%) of the outstanding
securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, considered for purposes of this Article FOURTH as one class. Whenever
the  holders  of the  shares  of any  class  are  entitled  to elect one or more
directors by the provisions of these Articles of Incorporation, the provisions
of this Article FOURTH shall apply in respect of the removal of a director or 
directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of
that class and not to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares as a 
whole.

          "FIFTH -- Elections  of  directors at an annual or special  meeting of
shareholders  shall be by written  ballot  unless the Bylaws of the  Corporation
shall otherwise provide.

          "SIXTH --  The Corporation shall have perpetual existence.

          "SEVENTH -- The purpose of the  Corporation is to engage in any lawful
act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the GBCL.

          "EIGHTH  -- The Bylaws of the  Corporation  may be  amended,  altered,
changed or rescinded  only by a vote of  sixty-six  and  two-thirds  percent (66
2/3%) of the entire Board of Directors.

          "NINTH -- Special  meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation for
any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the
Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors  or the  President.  Special  meetings  of
shareholders  of the  Corporation  may not be  called  by any  other  person  or
persons.

          "TENTH --

          A. In addition to any  affirmative  vote required by the GBCL or these
Articles  of  Incorporation  or the  Bylaws of the  Corporation,  and  except as
otherwise expressly provided in Section B of this Article TENTH, approval of any
Business  Combination  (as hereinafter  defined) with an Interested  Shareholder
shall  require  the  affirmative  vote of not less than a majority  of the votes
entitled to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock (as
hereinafter  defined)  entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders  called for
such  purpose,  voting  together  as a  single  class,  excluding  Voting  Stock
beneficially owned by any Interested Shareholder (as hereinafter defined) or any
Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) or Associate (as hereinafter defined) of such
Interested Shareholder.  Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding

                                       3


<PAGE>
the fact that no vote may be required,  or that a lesser  percentage or separate
class vote may be specified,  by the GBCL or in any agreement  with any national
securities exchange or otherwise.

          B. The  provisions  of Section A of this  Article  TENTH  shall not be
applicable to any Business Combination involving an Interested Shareholder or an
Affiliate  or  Associate  of  an  Interested  Shareholder,   and  such  Business
Combination  shall require only such affirmative vote, if any, as is required by
law, any other provision of the Articles of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation,
the Bylaws of the Corporation or otherwise, if:

          1. The Business  Combination  shall have been approved by the Board of
Directors  of the  Corporation  prior  to such  Interested  Shareholder's  Stock
Acquisition Date (as hereinafter defined), or the purchase of stock made by such
Interested  Shareholder on such Interested  Shareholder's Stock Acquisition Date
had been  approved by the Board of  Directors of the  Corporation  prior to such
Interested Shareholder's Stock Acquisition Date; or

          2.  The  Business   Combination   shall  have  been  approved  by  the
affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the  outstanding  Voting Stock
not  beneficially  owned by such  Interested  Shareholder  or any  Affiliate  or
Associate of such Interested Shareholder at a meeting called for such purpose no
earlier than five years after such Interested  Shareholder's  Stock  Acquisition
Date; or

          3.  All of the following conditions shall have been satisfied with
respect to the Business Combination:

          (a) The  aggregate  amount  of the  cash  and  the  Market  Value  (as
hereinafter  defined) as of the  Consummation  Date (as hereinafter  defined) of
consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the  Corporation  in such Business  Combination  is at
least equal to the higher of the following:

              (1)  The  highest   per  share  price  paid  by  such   Interested
     Shareholder  at a time when he was the  Beneficial  Owner  (as  hereinafter
     defined),   directly  or  indirectly,  of  five  percent  or  more  of  the
     outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation, for any shares of Common Stock
     of the same  class or series  acquired  by it within the  five-year  period
     immediately  prior to the Announcement  Date (as hereinafter  defined) with
     respect  to such  Business  Combination,  or within  the  five-year  period
     immediately  prior to, or in,  the  transaction  in which  such  Interested
     Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher; plus, in
     either case,  interest  compounded annually from the earliest date on which
     such highest per share acquisition price was paid through the Consummation
     Date at the rate for one-year United States treasury obligations from time
     to time in effect; less the aggregate amount of any cash  dividends  paid,
     and the Market Value of any dividends paid other than in cash, per share of
     Common Stock since such earliest date, up to the amount of such interest; 
     and

              (2) The Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Announcement
     Date  with  respect  to such  Business  Combination  or on such  Interested
     Shareholder's  Stock Acquisition Date,  whichever is higher;  plus interest
     compounded  annually  from such date through the  Consummation  Date at the


                                       4

<PAGE>
     rate for one-year United States treasury  obligations  from time to time in
     effect;  less the  aggregate  amount of any cash  dividends  paid,  and the
     Market Value of any dividends  paid other than in cash, per share of Common
     Stock since such date, up to the amount of such interest;

          (b) The  aggregate  amount of the cash and the Market  Value as of the
Consummation  Date of consideration  other than cash to be received per share by
holders of outstanding shares of any class or series of stock, other than Common
Stock,  of the  Corporation  is at least equal to the highest of the  following,
whether or not such Interested Shareholder has previously acquired any shares of
such class or series of stock:

              (1)  The  highest   per  share  price  paid  by  such   Interested
     Shareholder  at a time  when  he was  the  Beneficial  Owner,  directly  or
     indirectly,  of five percent or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the
     Corporation,  for any shares of such class or series of stock  acquired  by
     him within the five-year period  immediately prior to the Announcement Date
     with respect to such Business  Combination,  or within the five-year period
     immediately  prior to, or in,  the  transaction  in which  such  Interested
     Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher; plus, in
     either case,  interest  compounded annually from the earliest date on which
     such highest per share  acquisition price was paid through the Consummation
     Date at the rate for one-year United States treasury  obligations from time
     to time in effect;  less the aggregate  amount of any cash dividends  paid,
     and the Market Value of any dividends paid other than in cash, per share of
     such class or series of stock since such earliest date, up to the amount of
     such interest;

              (2) The highest preferential amount per share to which the holders
     of shares of such class or series of stock are entitled in the event of any
     voluntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,  plus
     the  aggregate  amount of any  dividends  declared  or due as to which such
     holders are  entitled  prior to payment of dividends on some other class or
     series of stock,  unless the aggregate amount of such dividends is included
     in such preferential amount; and

              (3) The Market Value per share of such class or series of stock on
     the Announcement Date with respect to such Business  Combination or on such
     Interested  Shareholder's Stock Acquisition Date, whichever is higher; plus
     interest  compounded  annually from such date through the Consummation Date
     at the rate for one-year  United States treasury  obligations  from time to
     time in effect;  less the aggregate  amount of any cash dividends paid, and
     the Market  Value of any  dividends  paid other than in cash,  per share of
     such class or series of stock  since  such  date,  up to the amount of such
     interest;

          (c) The  consideration to be received by holders of a particular class
or series of outstanding  stock,  including  Common Stock, of the Corporation in
such  Business  Combination  is in cash or in the  same  form as the  Interested
Shareholder  has used to acquire the  largest  number of shares of such class or
series of stock  previously  acquired  by it,  and such  consideration  shall be
distributed promptly;

          (d) The holders of all outstanding  shares of stock of the Corporation
not beneficially owned by such Interested  Shareholder  immediately prior to the

                                       5


<PAGE>
Consummation  Date are entitled to receive in such Business  Combination cash or
other  consideration  for such shares in compliance with paragraphs (a), (b) and
(c) of this Section;

          (e) After such Interested  Shareholder's  Stock  Acquisition  Date and
prior to the Consummation Date with respect to such Business  Combination,  such
Interested  Shareholder  has not become the  Beneficial  Owner of any additional
shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation  except (i) as part of the transaction
which   resulted  in  such   Interested   Shareholder   becoming  an  Interested
Shareholder,  (ii) by virtue of proportionate  stock splits,  stock dividends or
other  distributions  of stock in respect of stock not  constituting  a Business
Combination  under  Paragraph  (1)(e) of Section C of this Article TENTH,  (iii)
through a Business  Combination meeting all of the conditions of this Section B,
or (iv) through purchase by such Interested Shareholder at any price which, if 
such price had been paid in an otherwise permissible Business Combination the
Announcement Date and Consummation Date of which were the date of such purchase,
would have satisfied the  requirements  of paragraphs  (a), (b), and (c) of this
Section.

          C.  For purposes of this Article TENTH:

          1.  The term "Business Combination" shall mean:

          (a) Any merger or  consolidation  of the Corporation or any subsidiary
of the  Corporation  with an Interested  Shareholder  or any other  corporation,
whether or not itself an Interested Shareholder of the Corporation, which is, or
after such merger or  consolidation  would be, an Affiliate or Associate of such
Interested Shareholder;

          (b) Any sale, lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  transfer or other
disposition,  in one  transaction  or a  series  of  transactions  to or with an
Interested  Shareholder  or  any  Affiliate  or  Associate  of  such  Interested
Shareholder,  of assets of the  Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation
having an aggregate  Market Value equal to ten percent or more of the  aggregate
Market  Value of all the assets,  determined  on a  consolidated  basis,  of the
Corporation,  having an  aggregate  Market Value equal to ten percent or more of
the aggregate Market Value of all the outstanding  stock of the Corporation,  or
representing ten percent or more of the earning power or net income,  determined
on a consolidated basis, of the Corporation;

          (c) The issuance or transfer by the  Corporation  or any subsidiary of
the Corporation, in one transaction or a series of transactions, of any stock of
the  Corporation  or any  subsidiary of the  Corporation  which has an aggregate
Market Value equal to five percent or more of the aggregate  Market Value of all
the  outstanding  stock of the  Corporation to an Interested  Shareholder or any
Affiliate or Associate of such  Interested  Shareholder  except  pursuant to the
exercise  of  warrants or rights to  purchase  stock  offered,  or a dividend or
distribution paid or made, pro rata to all shareholders of the Corporation;

          (d) The  adoption  of any  plan or  proposal  for the  liquidation  or
dissolution  of the  Corporation  proposed  by, or  pursuant  to any  agreement,
arrangement  or  understanding,  whether or not in writing,  with an  Interested
Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Shareholder;


                                       6



<PAGE>
          (e) Any reclassification of securities, including, without limitation,
any stock split, stock dividend,  or other  distributions of stock in respect of
stock, or any reverse stock split, or  recapitalization  of the Corporation,  or
any  merger or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  with any  subsidiary  of the
Corporation, or any other transaction,  whether or not with or into or otherwise
involving an Interested Shareholder,  proposed by, or pursuant to any agreement,
arrangement or  understanding,  whether or not in writing,  with such Interested
Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Shareholder,  which
has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of
the  outstanding  shares of any class or  series of Voting  Stock or  securities
convertible  into  Voting  Stock of the  Corporation  or any  subsidiary  of the
Corporation which is directly or indirectly owned by such Interested Shareholder
or any Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Shareholder, except as a result
of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments; or

          (f) Any  receipt by an  Interested  Shareholder  or any  Affiliate  or
Associate of such Interested Shareholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly,
except  proportionately  as a  shareholder  of the  Corporation,  of any  loans,
advances,  guarantees,  pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits
or other tax advantages provided by or through the Corporation.

          2. The term "Voting  Stock" shall mean all shares of capital  stock of
the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

          3. The term "person" shall mean any individual, firm, company or other
entity and shall include any group  comprised of any person and any other person
with whom such  person or any  Affiliate  or  Associate  of such  person has any
agreement, arrangement or understanding, directly or indirectly, for the purpose
of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of capital stock.

          4.  The term "Interested Shareholder" shall mean any person who:

          (a) Is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of twenty percent
(20%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation; or

          (b) Is an Affiliate or  Associate of the  Corporation  and at any time
within the five-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in question was the
Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of twenty percent (20%) or more of the
then outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation; provided that, for the purpose
of  determining  whether a person is an  Interested  Shareholder,  the number of
shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include
shares deemed to be  beneficially  owned by the person but shall not include any
other unissued shares of Voting Stock of the  Corporation  which may be issuable
pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding,  or upon exercise of
conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

          (c) Interested  Shareholders  shall not include the  Corporation,  any
subsidiary,  any  profit-sharing,  employee  stock  ownership or other  employee
benefit plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary or any trustee of or fiduciary
with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity, which as of the date
hereof is the  Beneficial  Owner of Common Stock  representing  more than twenty
percent  (20%) of the votes  entitled to be cast by holders of all of the shares
of Voting Stock outstanding on the date hereof.

          5.  The term "Beneficial Owner" of any capital stock means a person
who:
 
                                       7

<PAGE>

          (a) Individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or
Associates, beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

          (b)  Individually  or  with  or  through  any  of  its  Affiliates  or
Associates,  has the  right  to  acquire  such  stock,  whether  such  right  is
exercisable  immediately  or only  after the  passage of time,  pursuant  to any
agreement, arrangement or understanding,  whether or not in writing, or upon the
exercise  of  conversion  rights,  exchange  rights,  warrants  or  options,  or
otherwise;  provided,  however, that a person shall not be deemed the Beneficial
Owner of stock  tendered  pursuant  to a tender or  exchange  offer made by such
person or any of such  person's  Affiliates  or  Associates  until such tendered
stock is  accepted  for  purchase or  exchange;  or the right to vote such stock
pursuant  to any  agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding,  whether or not in
writing;  provided,  however,  that a person shall not be deemed the  Beneficial
Owner  of  any  stock  under  this  item  if  the   agreement,   arrangement  or
understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent
given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made in accordance with the
applicable rules and regulations under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934
(the  "Exchange  Act") and is not then reportable on a Schedule  13D under the
Exchange  Act,  or any  comparable  or successor report; or

          (c) Has any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in
writing, for the purpose of acquiring,  holding,  voting, except voting pursuant
to a  revocable  proxy  or  consent  as  described  in  paragraph  (b)  of  this
subsection,  or disposing of such stock with any other person that  beneficially
owns or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
such stock.

          6.  The  term  "Affiliate"  shall  mean  a  person  that  directly  or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or
is under common control with, a specified person.

          7. The term "Associate," when used to indicate a relationship with any
person, means any corporation or organization of which such person is an officer
or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of ten percent or
more of any  class of Voting  Stock,  any  trust or other  estate in which  such
person has a substantial  beneficial  interest or as to which such person serves
as trustee or in a similar  fiduciary  capacity,  and any  relative or spouse of
such  person,  or any  relative  of such  spouse,  who has the same home as such
person.

          8.  The  term  "Consummation  Date,"  with  respect  to  any  Business
Combination, means the date of consummation of such Business Combination, or, in
the case of a Business  Combination as to which a shareholder vote is taken, the
later of the  business  day  prior  to the vote or 20 days  prior to the date of
consummation of such Business Combination;

          9. The term "control," including the terms "controlling,"  "controlled
by" and "under  common  control  with," shall mean the  possession,  directly or
indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies  of a  person,  whether  through  the  ownership  of voting  stock,  by
contract,  or otherwise.  A person's beneficial ownership of ten percent or more
of a corporation's outstanding Voting Stock shall create a presumption that such


                                       8


<PAGE>
person has control of such corporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person
shall not be deemed to have control of a corporation if such person holds Voting
Stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing  this Section,  as
an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more Beneficial
Owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such corporation.

          10.  The term "stock" means:

          (a) Any stock or similar  security,  any certificate of interest,  any
participation in any profit sharing agreement, any voting trust certificate,  or
any certificate of deposit for stock; and

          (b) Any  security  convertible,  with or without  consideration,  into
stock, or any warrant, call or other option or privilege of buying stock without
being  bound to do so,  or any other  security  carrying  any right to  acquire,
subscribe to or purchase stock;

          11. The term "Stock  Acquisition Date," with respect to any person and
the  Corporation,  means the date that such person first  becomes an  Interested
Shareholder of the Corporation.

          12.  The term "Market Value" means:

          (a) In the case of stock,  the highest  closing  sale price during the
thirty-day period immediately  preceding the date in question of a share of such
stock on the composite  tape for New York Stock Exchange  listed stocks,  or, if
such stock is not quoted on such  composite  tape or if such stock is not listed
on such exchange,  on the principal United States securities exchange registered
under the Exchange  Act on which such stock is listed,  or, if such stock is not
listed on any such exchange, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a
share of such stock during the thirty-day  period preceding the date in question
on the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.,  Automated Quotations
System or any system then in use, or if no such  quotations are  available,  the
fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined
by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith; and

          (b) In the case of property other than cash or stock,  the fair market
value of such  property on the date in question  as  determined  by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation in good faith.

          13. In the event of any Business  Combination in which the Corporation
survives,  the phrase  "consideration other than cash to be received" as used in
Paragraphs  (3)(a) and (3)(b) of Section B of this Article  TENTH shall  include
the shares of Common  Stock  and/or  the shares of any other  class or series of
capital stock retained by the holders of such shares.

          14.  The  term  "Announcement  Date"  when  used in  reference  to any
Business  Combination,  means the date of the first public  announcement  of the
final, definitive proposal for such Business Combination.

          D. The fact that any Business Combination complies with the provisions
of  Section B of this  Article  TENTH  shall  not be  construed  to  impose  any
fiduciary duty,  obligation or responsibility on the Board of Directors,  or any
member thereof,  to approve such Business  Combination or recommend its adoption


                                       9


<PAGE>
or approval to the  shareholders of the  Corporation,  nor shall such compliance
limit,  prohibit or otherwise restrict in any manner the Board of Directors,  or
any member  thereof,  with respect to  evaluations  of or actions and  responses
taken with respect to such Business Combination.

          "ELEVENTH --

          A. Indemnification of Officers,  Directors and Others. The Corporation
shall indemnify to the fullest extent  authorized or permitted by law (as now or
hereafter in effect) any person made,  or  threatened  to be made, a party to or
otherwise  involved in any action or  proceeding  (whether  civil or criminal or
otherwise) by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was a
director  or  officer  of the  Corporation  or by  reason  of the fact that such
director or officer,  at the request of the  Corporation,  is or was serving any
other corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other  enterprise,  in any capacity.  Nothing  contained herein shall affect any
rights to  indemnification  to which employees other than directors and officers
may be entitled by law. No amendment or repeal of this  Article  ELEVENTH  shall
apply to or have any effect on any right to  indemnification  provided hereunder
with  respect to any acts or  omissions  occurring  prior to such  amendment  or
repeal.

          B.  Insurance,  Indemnification  Agreements  and  Other  Matters.  The
Corporation  may purchase and maintain  insurance on behalf of any person who is
or was a director,  officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is serving
at the request of the Corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise  against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him
in any such capacity,  or arising out of his status as such,  whether or not the
Corporation  would have the power to indemnify him against such liability  under
the  provisions  of the law. The  Corporation  may create a trust fund,  grant a
security interest and/or use other means (including, without limitation, letters
of credit,  surety bonds and/or other  similar  arrangements),  as well as enter
into contracts providing for indemnification to the fullest extent authorized or
permitted by law and including as part thereof any or all of the  foregoing,  to
ensure  the  payment  of such  sums  as may  become  necessary  to  effect  full
indemnification.

          C.  Nonexclusivity. The rights to indemnification conferred in this
Article ELEVENTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may
have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles of Incorporation of
the Corporation, or the Bylaws or any agreement, vote of shareholders or
directors or otherwise.

          "TWELFTH -- The  Corporation  reserves  the right at any time and from
time to time to make, amend, alter, change or rescind any provision contained in
these Articles of  Incorporation,  in the manner now or hereafter  prescribed by
statute,  and all rights conferred upon shareholders  herein are granted subject
to this reservation.

          "THIRTEENTH --  Notwithstanding  the fact that a lesser percentage may
be specified by the GBCL,  these Articles of  Incorporation or the Bylaws of the
Corporation,  any  proposal  to amend,  repeal or adopt any  provision  of these
Articles of  Incorporation  shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of
not less than a majority of the  outstanding  shares of stock of the Corporation

                                       10


<PAGE>
entitled to vote thereon,  provided,  however,  any proposal to amend, repeal or
adopt any provision of these Articles of Incorporation  which is not recommended
by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the entire Board of  Directors  shall
require  the  affirmative  vote of the  holders of not less than  sixty-six  and
two-thirds  percent  (66-2/3%)  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  stock  of  the
Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

          "FOURTEENTH -- The names of the original incorporators listed in the
Restated Articles of Incorporation filed with the Missouri Secretary of State on
April 15, 1981 are Roger A. Lagenheim, L. Theodore Reinoehl and James L. Viani.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned,  Jan R. Kniffen,  vice president,  and
John M. Manos, assistant secretary,  of Payless ShoeSource,  Inc., have executed
these Restated  Articles of Incorporation and have affixed the corporate seal of
Payless ShoeSource, Inc. hereto and attested said seal on the 30th day of April,
1996.

                                  PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.



                                  /s/ Jan R. Kniffen
                                  -----------------------------------
                                      Jan R. Kniffen
                                      Vice President



                                /s/ John M. Manos
                                  -----------------------------------
                                      John M. Manos
                                      Assistant Secretary



STATE OF MISSOURI   )
                    )  SS.
CITY OF ST. LOUIS   )


     I, Sarah Jane  Westover,  a Notary  Public,  do hereby certify that on this
30th day of April, 1996,  personally  appeared before me Jan R. Kniffen and John
M.  Manos  who,  being by me  first  duly  sworn,  declared  that  they are Vice
President and Assistant Secretary,  respectively,  of Payless ShoeSource,  Inc.,
that  they  signed  the  foregoing  document  as Vice  President  and  Assistant
Secretary,  respectively,  of Payless ShoeSource,  Inc., and that the statements
therein contained are true.


                                  /s/ Sarah Jane Westover
                                  -----------------------------------
                                      Sarah Jane Westover
                                      Notary Public



                                       11


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                     Exhibit 3.2

                           AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
                                       OF
                            PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.



                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES
                                     -------

          Section 1. The registered  office of the  Corporation  shall be in the
City of St. Louis, State of Missouri, or at such other place within the State of
Missouri  as the  Board of  Directors  may at any  time  and  from  time to time
designate.

          Section 2. The  Corporation may also have offices at such other places
both within and without the State of Missouri as the Board of Directors may from
time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.


                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
                           ------------------------

          Section  1. All  meetings  of the  shareholders  shall be held  either
within or without the State of Missouri as shall be designated from time to time
by the Board of  Directors  and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly
executed waiver of notice thereof.

          Section 2. The annual  meeting of  shareholders  shall be held at such
place  within or without the State of  Missouri,  at such hour and on such date,
not  earlier  than May 1 and not later than July 10 in each year as the Board of
Directors  may specify in the call of such  meeting,  at which such  meeting the
shareholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors,  and transact
such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

          Section 3. Except as otherwise  required by law, written notice of the
annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given by
mail,  postage  prepaid,  not less than ten or more than seventy days before the
date of the  meeting,  to each  shareholder  entitled to vote at such meeting at
such address as shall appear on the books of the Corporation.

          Section 4. The Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at
least ten days before  every  meeting of  shareholders,  a complete  list of the
shareholders  entitled to vote at the meeting,  arranged in alphabetical  order,
and showing the address of each shareholder and the number of shares  registered
in the name of each  shareholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of
any  shareholder,  for any  purpose  germane  to the  meeting,  during  ordinary
business hours,  for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting,  either
at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be
specified in the notice of the meeting,  or, if not so  specified,  at the place
where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the
time and  place  of the  meeting  during  the  whole  time  thereof,  and may be
inspected by any shareholder who is present.

<PAGE>

          Section 5. Special  meetings of the  shareholders,  for any purpose or
purposes, may be called by the Board of Directors,  the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, or the President.  Special meetings of shareholders may not be called
by any other person or persons.  The business transacted at a special meeting of
shareholders  shall be  confined to the  purpose or  purposes  specified  in the
notice therefor.

          Section 6. Except as otherwise  required by law,  written  notice of a
special meeting stating the place,  date and hour of the meeting and the purpose
or  purposes  for which the meeting is called,  shall be given by mail,  postage
prepaid,  not less than ten nor more than  seventy  days  before the date of the
meeting, to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting at such address as
shall appear on the books of the Corporation.

          Section  7.  The  holders  of a  majority  of  the  stock  issued  and
outstanding  and  entitled  to  vote  at  any  meeting,  present  in  person  or
represented  by  proxy,  shall  constitute  a  quorum  at  all  meetings  of the
shareholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law
or by the  Articles of  Incorporation.  If,  however,  such quorum  shall not be
present or  represented  at any meeting of the  shareholders,  the  shareholders
entitled to vote thereat,  present in person or represented by proxy even though
less than a quorum,  shall have power to adjourn the meeting  from time to time,
without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be 
present or represented.  At such adjourned  meeting at which a quorum shall be 
present or  represented, any business may be  transacted  which might have been
transacted at the meeting as originally  called. If the adjournment is for more
than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the
adjourned  meeting,  a notice of the adjourned  meeting shall be given to each 
shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

          Section 8. When a quorum is present  at any  meeting,  the vote of the
holders of a majority  of the stock  having  voting  power  present in person or
represented  by proxy shall decide any  question  brought  before such  meeting,
unless  the  question  is one upon  which  by  express  provision  of law or the
Articles of  Incorporation,  a different  vote is  required,  in which case such
express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

          Section  9.  Except  as   otherwise   provided  by  the   Articles  of
Incorporation,  each  shareholder  of  record  shall  at  every  meeting  of the
shareholders  be  entitled  to one vote for each share of  capital  stock of the
Corporation entitled to vote thereat held by such shareholder. Such votes may be
cast in person or by proxy,  but no proxy shall be voted on or after three years
from its date,  unless  the proxy  provides  for a longer  period.  The Board of
Directors  shall  prescribe the rules and regulations for voting at all meetings
of the shareholders;  provided, however, the vote for the election of directors,
and upon the direction of the presiding officer of the meeting,  the vote on any
other question before the meeting, shall be by written ballot.

          Section  10.   Except  as  otherwise   provided  by  the  Articles  of
Incorporation,  any action  required or  permitted  to be taken at any annual or
special  meeting  of  shareholders  may  be  taken  without  a  meeting  of  the
shareholders only if consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are
signed by all of the  shareholders  entitled to vote with respect to the subject
matter thereof.

                                       2


<PAGE>
          Section  11. To be properly  brought  before the annual or any special
shareholders'  meeting,  business  must be either (a) specified in the notice of
meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors,  (b)  otherwise  properly  brought  before  the  meeting by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors,  or (c) otherwise  properly  brought before
the meeting by a shareholder.  In addition to any other applicable requirements,
for  business  to  be  properly   brought  before  the  annual  or  any  special
shareholders'  meeting by a shareholder,  the shareholder must have given timely
notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the  Corporation. To be timely, a
shareholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and  received at the  
principal  executive offices of the  Corporation not less than 75 days nor more
than 90 days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that 
less than 90 days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting
is given or made to shareholders, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be
so received not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the 
day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public 
disclosure was made, whichever first occurs.  Such shareholder's notice to the 
Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring 
before the meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought
before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting,
(ii) the name and record address of the shareholder proposing such business, 
(iii) the class and number of shares of common stock of the Corporation which 
are beneficially owned by the shareholder and (iv) any material interest of the
shareholder in such business.

          Notwithstanding  anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business
shall be conducted  at the annual or any special  meeting  except in  accordance
with the  procedures  set forth in this  Section  11,  provided,  however,  that
nothing  in this  Section  11 shall be  deemed  to  preclude  discussion  by any
shareholder of any business properly brought before the meeting.

          The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and
declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting
in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Section  11,  and if he should so
determine and declare, any such business not properly brought before the meeting
shall not be transacted.

          Section  12.  Except as  provided  in Section 3 of Article  III,  only
persons who are nominated in accordance with the following  procedures  shall be
eligible for election as directors.  Nominations  of persons for election to the
Board of Directors of the  Corporation  at the annual meeting may be made at the
meeting by or at the  direction  of the Board of  Directors,  by any  nominating
committee or person appointed by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder of
the  Corporation  entitled to vote for the  election of directors at the meeting
who  complies  with the notice  procedures  set forth in this  Section  12. Such
nominations,  other  than  those  made by or at the  direction  of the  Board of
Directors,  shall be made  pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary
of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder's notice must be delivered to or
mailed and received at the principal  executive  offices of the  Corporation not
less than 75 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting; provided, however,
that in the event that less than 90 days' notice or prior public  disclosure  of
the  date  of the  meeting  is  given  or made to  shareholders,  notice  by the
shareholder  to be  timely  must be so  received  not  later  than the  close of
business on the 15th day  following  the day on which such notice of the date of
the meeting was mailed or such public  disclosure was made,  which first occurs.


                                       3

<PAGE>
Such shareholder's notice to the secretary shall set forth (a) as to each person
whom the  shareholder  proposes to nominate  for  election or  re-election  as a
director,  (i) the name, age, business address and residence of the person, (ii)
the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class and number
of shares of common stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the
person,  and (iv) any other information  relating to the person that is required
to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors  pursuant
to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (b)
as to the  shareholder  giving the notice (i) the name and record address of the
shareholder  and (ii) the  class and  number  of  shares of common  stock of the
Corporation which are beneficially  owned by the shareholder.  Such notice shall
be accompanied by the executed consent of each nominee to serve as a director if
so elected.  The  Corporation  may require any proposed  nominee to furnish such
other  information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine
the  eligibility  of  such  proposed  nominee  to  serve  as a  director  of the
Corporation.

          The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and
declare to the meeting that a  nomination  was not made in  accordance  with the
foregoing  procedure,  and if he should so determine and declare,  the defective
nomination shall be disregarded.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                    DIRECTORS
                                   ---------

          Section 1.  Except as  otherwise  required  by law or the  Articles of
Incorporation,  the business and affairs of the Corporation  shall be managed by
or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

          Section 2. The number of directors of the  Corporation  shall be fixed
in the manner  provided in the  Articles of  Incorporation.  Except as otherwise
provided in Section 3 of this  Article III,  the  directors  of the  Corporation
shall be elected by the  shareholders of the  Corporation,  and at each such 
election the nominees receiving the greatest  number of votes, up to the number
of directors then to be elected, shall be the persons then elected.

          Section  3.  Except  as   otherwise   required  by  the   Articles  of
Incorporation, any vacancy in the Board of Directors resulting from any increase
in the  number of  directors  and any other  vacancy  occurring  in the Board of
Directors  may be filled by the Board of  Directors  acting by a majority of the
directors then in office,  although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining
director,  and any director so elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until
such director's  successor is duly elected and qualified  (subject,  however, to
such director's  earlier death,  resignation,  disqualification  or removal from
office) for a term that shall  coincide with the term of the class to which such
director shall have been elected.  In no event shall a decrease in the number of
directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

          Section 4. The Board of Directors may hold its meetings,  both regular
and special, and cause the books of the Corporation to be kept, either within or
without  the State of  Missouri at such place or places as they may from time to
time determine.


                                       4

<PAGE>
          Section 5.  Subject to Section 8 of this Article III there shall be an
annual  meeting of the Board of  Directors  on the day of the annual  meeting of
shareholders  in each year or as soon  thereafter  as  convenient,  such  annual
meeting to be at such place and time (and, if  applicable,  on such date) as the
Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive  Officer shall designate by written
notice to the directors, and regular meetings shall be held on such dates and at
such times and places either as the directors shall by resolution  provide or as
the  Chairman of the Board or the Chief  Executive  Officer  shall  designate by
written notice to the  directors.  Except as above  provided,  no notice of said
annual meeting or such regular meetings of the Board of Directors need be given.

          Section 6. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by
the Chairman of the Board,  the Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  President,  the
Secretary or the Treasurer and shall be called by one of the foregoing  officers
on the written request of a majority of the entire Board of Directors specifying
the  object or  objects of such  special  meeting.  In the event that one of the
foregoing officers shall fail to call a meeting within two days after receipt of
such request,  such meeting may be called in like manner by the directors making
such request.  Notice of each special  meeting shall be deposited in the regular
or overnight mail, sent by telecopy, telegram or delivered by hand to each 
director not later than the day preceding  the date of such  meeting, or on such
shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary
or appropriate in the circumstances.

          Section 7. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the
entire Board of  Directors  in office at the time shall  constitute a quorum for
the  transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors  present
at any  meeting  at which  there is a  quorum  shall be the act of the  Board of
Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Articles
of  Incorporation or by these Bylaws.  If a quorum,  shall not be present at any
meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the
meeting  from  time to time,  without  notice  other  than  announcement  at the
meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

          Section  8.  Except  as   otherwise   required  by  the   Articles  of
Incorporation  or these Bylaws,  any action required or permitted to be taken by
the  Board of  Directors  at any  meeting  of the Board of  Directors  or of any
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or
committee,  as the case may be, consent  thereto in writing,  and the writing or
writings are filed with the minutes of  proceedings of the Board of Directors or
committee.

          Section 9. Any one or more members of the Board of  Directors,  or any
committee designated by the Board of Directors,  may participate in a meeting of
the Board of Directors or such  committee by means of a conference  telephone or
similar communications  equipment by means of which all persons participating in
the  meeting  can hear each other at the same time.  Participation  in a meeting
pursuant to this Section 9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

          Section  10. The Board of  Directors  may, by  resolution  passed by a
majority of the entire Board,  designate one or more committees,  each committee
to consist of two or more of the  directors  of the  Corporation.  The Board may
designate one or more directors as alternate  members of any committee,  who may
replace any absent or disqualified  member at any meeting of the committee.  Any
such committee,  to the extent allowed by law and as provided in the resolution,


                                       5

<PAGE>

shall have and may  exercise  all of the powers  and  authority  of the Board of
Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation,  and
may authorize the seal of the  Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may
require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be
determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board
of Directors.

          Section 11. Each committee of the Board shall keep regular  minutes of
its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

          Section 12.  Directors  and  members of  committees  may receive  such
compensation  for their services,  and such  reimbursement  of expenses,  as the
Board of Directors may from time to time  determine.  Nothing  herein  contained
shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the  Corporation in any
other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

          Section 13. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one
or more of its directors or officers,  or between the  Corporation and any other
corporation,  partnership,  association,  or other  organization in which one or
more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial
interest,  shall be void or voidable  solely for this reason,  or solely because
the  director  or officer is present at or  participates  in the  meeting of the
Board of  Directors  or  committee  thereof  which  authorizes  the  contract or
transaction,  or solely  because his or their votes are counted for such purpose
if (a) the material facts as to his or their  relationship or interest and as to
the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors
or the committee in good faith  authorizes  the contract or  transaction  by the
affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors,  even though the
disinterested  directors be less than a quorum;  or (b) the material facts as to
his or their  relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are
disclosed or are known to the  shareholders  entitled to vote  thereon,  and the
contract or  transaction is  specifically  approved in good faith by vote of the
shareholders;  or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the  Corporation
as of  the  time  it is  authorized,  approved  or  ratified,  by the  Board  of
Directors,  a  committee  thereof  or the  shareholders.  Common  or  interested
directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of
the Board of  Directors  or of a  committee  which  authorizes  the  contract or
transaction.

          Section 14. As used in these Bylaws generally,  the term "entire Board
of Directors"  means the total number of directors which the  Corporation  would
have if there were no vacancies.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                     NOTICES
                                    -------

          Section 1. Whenever written notice is required by law, the Articles of
Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director,  committee member or
shareholder,  such  requirement  shall not be construed to mean personal notice,
but such notice may be given in writing,  by mail  addressed  to such  director,
committee member or shareholder,  at his address as it appears on the records of

                                       6


<PAGE>

the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid and such notice shall be deemed to
be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.
Written notice may also be given personally or by telecopy,  telegram,  telex or
cable or by  overnight  mail.  An  affidavit  of the  Secretary  or an Assistant
Secretary or of the transfer agent of the  Corporation  that the notice has been
given  shall,  in the  absence of fraud,  be prima  facie  evidence of the facts
stated therein.

          Section 2.  Whenever  any notice is required by law,  the  Articles of
Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director,  committee member or
shareholder,  a waiver  thereof  in  writing,  signed by the  person or  persons
entitled to said notice,  whether before or after the time stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent thereto.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS
                                   --------

          Section 1. The  officers  of the  Corporation  shall be elected by the
Board of Directors and shall consist of the Chairman of the Board,  a President,
one or more Vice  Presidents,  a  Secretary,  and a  Treasurer,  and such  other
officers,  including, without limitation, one or more Executive Vice Presidents,
one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or
more  Assistant  Treasurers,  as the Board of Directors  may deem  necessary and
proper.  Any two or more of such offices,  exempting the office of President and
Secretary,  may be  held by the  same  person,  but no  officer  shall  execute,
acknowledge,  or verify any instrument on behalf of the Corporation in more than
one capacity.

          Section 2. The Board of  Directors,  at its first  meeting  held after
each  annual  meeting  of   shareholders,   shall  elect  the  officers  of  the
Corporation,  who shall be subject to the control of the Board of Directors  and
shall have such duties in the  management of the  Corporation as may be provided
by  appropriate  resolution of the Board of Directors  and/or  provided in these
Bylaws.

          Section 3. The Board of Directors  may determine or provide the method
of determining the compensation of all officers.

          Section 4. The  officers of the  Corporation  shall hold office  until
their successors are chosen and qualify,  or until their earlier  resignation or
removal.  Any officer  elected or  appointed  by the Board of  Directors  may be
removed at any time by the Board of  Directors.  Any  vacancy  occurring  in any
office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

          Section  5. Each  officer of the  Corporation  shall be subject to the
control of the Board of Directors  and shall have such duties in the  management
of the Corporation as may be provided by appropriate  resolution of the Board of
Directors and/or provided in these Bylaws.




                                       7


<PAGE>
          Section 6. Powers of attorney,  proxies, waivers of notice of meeting,
consents and other  instruments  relating to securities owned by the corporation
may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President
or any Vice  President and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of
the Corporation,  take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to
vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation
in which  the  Corporation  may own  securities  and at any such  meeting  shall
possess and may exercise any and all rights and power  incident to the ownership
of such securities and which, as the owner thereof,  the Corporation  might have
exercised and possessed if present.  The Board of Directors  may, by resolution,
from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

          Section 7. Any officer,  if required by the Board of Directors,  shall
give  bond in such sum and with such  security  as the  Board of  Directors  may
require for the faithful performance of duties.

          Section 8.  In the case of the absence of any officer of the
Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board may deem sufficient, the
Board of Directors may delegate the powers or duties of such officer to any 
other officer or to any other director, or to any other person for the time 
being.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
                             ---------------------

          Section 1. Every holder of stock in the Corporation  shall be entitled
to have a certificate  signed in the name of the  Corporation by the Chairman of
the Board, the President or a  Vice-President  and the Treasurer or an Assistant
Treasurer,  or the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary.  Such certificate shall
certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation.

          Section  2. Where a  certificate  is  countersigned  by (i) a transfer
agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) a registrar other than
the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on the certificate may be a
facsimile.  In case any officer,  transfer  agent or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile  signature has been placed upon a certificate  shall have ceased
to be such  officer,  transfer  agent or registrar  before such  certificate  is
issued,  it may be issued by the Corporation  with the same effect as if he were
such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

          Section  3. The Board of  Directors  may direct a new  certificate  or
certificates   to  be  issued  in  place  of  any  certificate  or  certificates
theretofore  issued by the  Corporation  alleged  to have been  lost,  stolen or
destroyed,  upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person  claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such
issuance of a new  certificate or  certificates,  the Board of Directors may, in
its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the
owner of such lost,  stolen or destroyed  certificate  or  certificates,  or his
legal  representative,  to  advertise  the same in such  manner  as the Board of
Directors  shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it
may direct and with such  surety as it may  approve,  as  indemnity  against any
claim that may be made against the  Corporation  with respect to the certificate
alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

                                       8

<PAGE>
          Section 4. Upon surrender to the  Corporation or the transfer agent of
the  Corporation  of a certificate  for shares duly endorsed or  accompanied  by
proper evidence of succession,  assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be
the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the  person  entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

          Section  5.  In  order  that  the   Corporation   may   determine  the
shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution  or allotment of any rights,  or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action,  the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall not be more than seventy days before the date of such  meeting,  nor
more than seventy days prior to any other action; provided,  however that if the
Board  of  Directors  does not set a record  date for the  determination  of the
shareholders  entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of  shareholders,
only the  shareholders  of record at the close of business on the  twentieth day
preceding  the date of the  meeting  shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote
at,  the  meeting  and  any  adjournment  of the  meeting.  A  determination  of
shareholders  of  record  entitled  to  notice  of or to  vote at a  meeting  of
shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;  provided,  however,
that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

          Section  6.  The  Corporation  shall  be  entitled  to  recognize  the
exclusive  right of a person  registered  on its books as the owner of shares to
receive  dividends,  and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and
assessments a person  registered on its books as the owner of shares,  and shall
not be bound to  recognize  any  equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share or shares on the part of any other  person,  whether  or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                              ------------------

          Section  1.  Dividends  upon the  capital  stock  of the  Corporation,
subject to the  provisions  of the  Articles of  Incorporation,  if any,  may be
declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special  meeting.  Pursuant
to law, dividends may be paid in cash, in property,  or in shares of the capital
stock.

          Section 2.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out
of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the
directors may from time to time, in their absolute discretion,  deem proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies,  or for equalizing dividends,  or for
repairing  or  maintaining  any property of the  Corporation,  or for any proper
purpose,  and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner
in which it was created.

          Section  3. All  checks or  demands  for money and all notes and other
obligations  of the  Corporation  shall be signed by such officer or officers or
such other person or persons as the Board of Directors  may at any time and from
time to time designate.

                                       9


<PAGE>
          Section  4.  The  fiscal  year  of the  Corporation  shall  end on the
Saturday closest to the 31st day of January in each year.

          Section  5. The  corporate  seal shall  consist of the words  "PAYLESS
SHOESOURCE,  INC.  MISSOURI"  arranged  in a circular  form around the words and
figures  "Corporate Seal 1961" and shall be kept by the Secretary.  The seal may
be used by  causing it or a  facsimile  thereof  to be  impressed  or affixed or
reproduced or otherwise.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS
                                  ----------

          These Bylaws may be amended,  altered,  changed or rescinded, in whole
or in part, or new Bylaws may be adopted, in the manner provided in the Articles
of Incorporation.

          The substance of such  amendment,  alteration,  change,  rescission or
adoption  or the  subject  matter  thereof  shall be  submitted  in writing at a
preceding  meeting of the Board of Directors or notice thereof shall be given to
the directors at least ten days before;  waiver of notice by any director  being
deemed equivalent to such notice to him.
































                                       10


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.1

                               AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

          This  AMENDED AND RESTATED TAX SHARING  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement"),
dated as of April 2, 1996, is entered into by THE MAY DEPARTMENT STORES COMPANY,
a New York  corporation  ("May"),  and  PAYLESS  SHOESOURCE,  INC.,  a  Missouri
corporation ("Payless"), and shall be deemed effective as of May 4, 1996.

                                 RECITALS

          On January 17, 1996,  May  announced its plans to divest itself of its
discount shoe store operations.  To this end, May intends to distribute pro rata
on the Distribution Date (as hereinafter  defined) the Payless common stock then
owned by May to the owners of May common stock. After the Distribution Date, May
will own no shares of Payless' common stock.

          The purpose of this  Agreement is to set forth the  agreement  between
May and Payless  with  respect to the Federal,  state,  local and foreign  taxes
attributable  to each of them and their  subsidiaries  for all  taxable  periods
beginning  on or before the  Distribution  Date,  and  replaces  the Tax Sharing
Agreement  previously  executed  by the  parties  as of the date and year  first
written  above.  This  Agreement  also provides  certain  indemnity  obligations
between the parties  hereto if the  actions of either  party or its  shareowners
have an adverse  effect on the  tax-free  nature of the  distribution  described
above and consequently the tax liability of the other party.

               NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual  agreements of the
parties  hereto,  and further good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

                                    Article I

                                   DEFINITIONS

          For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

          (a) "Adjustment"  shall mean any final change in any  pre-Distribution
     Tax Item of any member of the May Affiliated  Group  initiated or agreed to
     by the IRS.

          (b) "Affiliated  Group" shall mean an affiliated group of corporations
     within the  meaning  of Code  section  1504(a)  for the  taxable  period in
     question.

          (c)  "Carryback  Item" shall mean any net operating  loss, net capital
     loss,  unused  general  business  tax  credit  or any other Tax Item of the
     Payless  Affiliated  Group  which  under the Code or any  other  applicable
     Income Tax law can be used to generate a Tax Benefit for the May Affiliated
     Group.

          (d) "Code"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended
     and in effect for the taxable period in question.

          (e) "Deferred Taxes" shall mean the tax effect of differences  arising
     from the  recognition  of revenue and expense in different  periods for tax
     and financial statement purposes.

<PAGE>

          (f)  "Deferred  Tax  Liabilities"  shall  mean the net  liability  for
     Deferred  Taxes  for  all  taxable  periods  beginning  on  or  before  the
     Distribution Date.

          (g) "Distribution"  shall mean the pro rata distribution by May of the
     ownership  of the stock of Payless to owners of May common  stock as of the
     close of business on the record date for such distribution.

          (h) "Distribution  Date" shall mean the date on which the Distribution
     occurs.  For all purposes,  the  Distribution  shall be effective as of the
     close of business on the Distribution Date.

          (i) "Event of Loss" shall mean the  incurrence  by the May  Affiliated
     Group of any liability for Income Tax as a result of the Distribution.

          (j) "Final  Determination"  shall mean the final resolution of any tax
     liability  (including all related interest and penalties) in respect of any
     Adjustment for a taxable period.  A Final  Determination  shall result from
     the first to occur of:

               (i) the expiration of 30 days after IRS acceptance of a Waiver of
          Restrictions  (or partial  Waiver of  Restrictions)  on Assessment and
          Collection of Deficiency in Tax and  Acceptance of  Overassessment  on
          Federal  Revenue  Form 870 or 870-AD,  except as to  reserved  matters
          specified therein (or any successor  comparable form or the expiration
          of  a   comparable   agreement   or  form  under  the  laws  of  other
          jurisdictions);

               (ii) a decision,  judgment,  decree, or other order by a court of
          competent  jurisdiction  that is (x) not  subject to further  judicial
          review (by appeal or  otherwise)  or (y)  subject to further  judicial
          review but with respect to which May notifies  Payless,  in good faith
          and in its sole discretion that it has determined not to appeal;

               (iii) the execution of a closing  agreement under section 7121 of
          the Code or the  acceptance  by the IRS or its  counsel of an offer in
          compromise  under section 7122 of the Code,  or comparable  agreements
          under the laws of other  jurisdictions,  except as to reserved matters
          specified therein;

               (iv) the  expiration of the time for filing a claim for refund or
          for  instituting  suit in respect of a claim for refund  disallowed in
          whole or part by the IRS;

               (v)   any other final disposition of the tax
          liability for such period by reason of the expiration
          of the applicable statute of limitations; or

               (vi) any  other  event  that  the  parties  agree is a final  and
          irrevocable determination of the liability at issue.

          (k) "Income Tax or Taxes" shall mean all Federal, state and local, and
     foreign  taxes imposed upon,  or measured by,  income,  including,  without
     limitation, environmental and alternative or add-on minimum taxes, and such


                                      2

<PAGE>

     related  franchise,  excise  and  similar  taxes as have  been  customarily
     included in the provision for income taxes on May's  financial  statements,
     together with all related interest, penalties and additions to tax.

          (l) "IRS" shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service or any
     successor   thereto,   including,   but  not   limited   to,  its   agents,
     representatives, and attorneys.

          (m) "May Affiliated  Group" shall mean, for each taxable  period,  the
     Affiliated  Group of which May or any  successor  of May is a member or the
     common parent, as defined in Code Section 1504(a).

          (n) "May Group" shall mean,  with respect to any taxable  period,  the
     corporations  that were  members of the May  Affiliated  Group  during such
     period,  exclusive  of the  corporations  that are  included in the Payless
     Affiliated Group immediately after the Distribution Date.

          (o) "Other Taxes" shall mean any gross income, gross receipts,  sales,
     use, ad valorem,  franchise,  license,  withholding,  payroll,  employment,
     excise, severance,  stamp, occupation,  premium, property, windfall profits
     tax, custom, duty or other charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any
     interest or any penalty,  addition to tax or additional  amount  imposed by
     any governmental authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax.

          (p) "Payless  Affiliated  Group" shall mean,  for each taxable  period
     beginning  after  the  Distribution  Date,  the  Affiliated  Group of which
     Payless or any  successor of Payless is a member or the common  parent,  as
     defined in Code section 1504(a).

          (q) "Payless  Assets" shall mean all of the assets held by the members
     of the Payless Affiliated Group immediately after the Distribution.

          (r) "Payless  Group" shall mean,  with respect to any taxable  period,
     the corporations that were members of the May Affiliated Group and that are
     members of the Payless  Affiliated Group immediately after the Distribution
     Date.

          (s)  "Return"  shall  mean any  return,  report,  information  return,
     officer report or filing or other document (including,  without limitation,
     estimated  returns and  related or  supporting  information)  in respect of
     Income Taxes or Other Taxes, as the case may be.

          (t)  "Stub  Period"   shall  mean  the  taxable   period  (or  portion
     thereof)that begins on February 4, 1996 and ends on the Distribution Date.

          (u) "Tax  Benefit"  shall mean a reduction in the Income Tax liability
     of a corporation  (or of the Affiliated  Group of which it is a member) for
     any taxable period that arises,  or may arise in the future, as a result of
     any  adjustment  to,  or  addition  or  deletion  of,  a Tax  Item  in  the
     computation  of the Income Tax liability of the taxpayer (or the Affiliated
     Group of which it is a member).

          (v) "Tax Detriment" shall mean an increase in the Income Tax liability
     of a corporation  (or of the Affiliated  Group of which it is a member) for


                                      3

<PAGE>

     any taxable period that arises,  or may arise in the future, as a result of
     any  adjustment  to,  or  addition  or  deletion  of,  a Tax  Item  in  the
     computation  of the Income Tax liability of the taxpayer (or the Affiliated
     Group of which it is a member).

          (w)  "Taxes" shall mean Income Taxes and Other Taxes.

          (x) "Tax Item" shall mean any item of income,  gain, loss,  deduction,
     credit, recapture of credit, or any other item which increases or decreases
     Income Taxes paid or payable.


                                  Article II
 
                              FILING OF TAX RETURNS

          Section  2.1.  Pre-Distribution  Tax  Returns.  (a) May shall file all
consolidated  Federal  Income  Tax  Returns  and all state and local  Income Tax
Returns  required to be filed on a combined,  consolidated  or unitary basis for
each member of the May  Affiliated  Group that are  required to be filed for the
taxable  year ending  February  3, 1996 and for the taxable  year that begins on
February  4,  1996  and  ends  on  or  after  the  Distribution   Date.  Payless
acknowledges  that Treas.  Reg. sec.  1.1502-77(a)  confers certain authority on
May, as the common parent of the May Affiliated  Group,  with respect to Federal
Income  Tax  matters  for  all  taxable  periods  beginning  on  or  before  the
Distribution  Date and agrees to enter into any  election or consent  reasonably
requested by May with respect to such matters for such taxable years.

          (b) May shall file all  foreign  Income Tax  Returns and all state and
local Income Tax Returns for each member of the Payless Group not required to be
included  in a  combined,  consolidated  or unitary  state and local  Income Tax
Return of the May  Affiliated  Group for the taxable  period ending  February 3,
1996 and for the  taxable  period that begins on February 4, 1996 and ends on or
before the Distribution  Date. Payless shall file all foreign Income Tax Returns
and all state and local Income Tax Returns for each member of the Payless  Group
not  required to be included in a combined,  consolidated  or unitary  state and
local Income Tax Return of the May  Affiliated  Group for the taxable period (if
any) that begins on February 4, 1996 and ends after the Distribution Date.

          (c) All Returns  with  respect to Other  Taxes for a period  beginning
before the Distribution Date and all other filings required to be filed with any
taxing  authority after the  Distribution  Date shall be filed by the party that
under Section 3.5 is responsible  for paying the tax to which the Return relates
or for making such filing, as the case may be.

          Section  2.2.  Post-Distribution  Tax  Returns.  For  taxable  periods
beginning  after the  Distribution  Date (1) May shall be responsible for filing
all Returns relating to members of the May Group and, except with respect to any
requirement  under  Section  3.7  hereof,  shall pay all Taxes  required by such
Returns; and (2) Payless shall be responsible for filing all Returns relating to
members of the Payless Group and shall pay all Taxes required by such Returns.





                                      4

<PAGE>

                                   Article III

                                PAYMENT OF TAXES

          Section  3.1.  Certain  Pre-Distribution  Income  Taxes.  The  parties
acknowledge  that  there  has  not  yet  been  a  Final   Determination  of  the
consolidated  Income Tax liability of the May  Affiliated  Group for any taxable
period  beginning on or after February 3, 1991. The parties further  acknowledge
that May has  contributed to the capital of the Payless Group an amount equal to
Payless's  Deferred Tax  Liabilities for all taxable periods ending on or before
February  3, 1996 based on the Returns as filed or expected to be filed for such
periods. Absent an adjustment under Section 3.2 or an indemnity obligation under
Section 3.3 or Section  3.7, the parties  acknowledge  and agree that no further
sum shall be due to May from any member of the Payless  Group or from May to any
member of the Payless Group on account of the Income Tax  liabilities  reflected
in the  consolidated  and other Returns filed or to be filed with respect to all
taxable periods ending on or before February 3, 1996,  except to the extent that
one or more of the Puerto Rican  subsidiaries  of Payless  utilize net operating
loss deductions,  and in that event Payless shall pay to May, in accordance with
Section  3.8 of this  Agreement,  one-half  of the Tax  Benefit  of all such net
operating  loss  deductions,  measured  by  the  difference  in the  Income  Tax
liability of the Puerto Rican subsidiaries  calculated with and without such net
operating  loss  deductions;   provided  however,   in  such  calculation,   the
utilization of the net operating loss  deductions  shall be limited with respect
to each  Puerto  Rican  subsidiary  to the amount of  cumulative  net  financial
statement  pre-tax  losses  incurred  up to, and  including,  the period  ending
February 3, 1996 by such Puerto Rican subsidiary.

          Section 3.2. Payless Deferred Tax Liabilities.  (a) In connection with
May's calculation of Payless' share of the consolidated  Income Tax liability of
the May Affiliated Group pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, the parties acknowledge
that a portion of the Deferred  Taxes have been  reconciled to and are supported
by the  Federal  and state and local  Income Tax  Returns of the May  Affiliated
Group filed for all taxable  periods  ending on or before  January 28, 1995. The
parties  further  acknowledge  that the  Payless  Group has been  allocated  its
estimated  share of Deferred  Taxes for the taxable  period  ending  February 3,
1996.  Within  120 days of the filing of the  Federal  Income Tax Return for the
taxable  period  ending on February  3, 1996,  the  estimate  of Deferred  Taxes
allocated  to the  Payless  Group  will  be  reconciled  to the  actual  amounts
determined to be allocable to the Payless Group  through  February 3, 1996,  and
any  necessary  adjustments  will be made  between  the  parties as  provided in
Section  3.2(b)  below.  The  determination  of whether  such an  adjustment  is
required  shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles as set forth in Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number 11 and the
methodology  used  by the  May  Affiliated  Group  in  preparing  its  financial
statement for the fiscal year ended February 3, 1996.

          (b) To the extent that the actual  Deferred  Tax  Liabilities  for the
taxable  period ending  February 3, 1996 are in excess of the amount  originally
estimated as described in Section 3.2(a),  May will pay Payless this difference.
To the extent that actual Deferred Tax Liabilities for the taxable period ending
February 3, 1996 are less than the amount  originally  estimated as described in
Section 3.2(a), Payless will pay May this difference. Such payment shall be made
within one  hundred  and fifty  (150)  days of the filing by the May  Affiliated
Group of the Federal  Income Tax Return for the taxable  period ending on Febru-
ary 3, 1996.
                                      5

<PAGE>

          Section 3.3.  Responsibility for Certain  Pre-Distribution  Income Tax
Liabilities.  (a)  Payless  shall pay,  reimburse  and  indemnify  May an amount
computed  pursuant to paragraph (c) below if there is an Adjustment that results
in a Tax Detriment to the May Affiliated  Group and a corresponding  decrease in
the Payless Group's  Deferred Tax  Liabilities  that is required to be reflected
(without regard to materiality) in any financial  statements of Payless pursuant
to Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes" ("FAS 109") in a post-Distribution period.

               (b) May shall pay,  reimburse  and indemnify  Payless,  an amount
computed  pursuant to paragraph (d) below if there is an Adjustment that results
in a Tax Benefit to the May Affiliated Group and a corresponding increase in the
Payless Group's  Deferred Tax Liabilities that is required to be reflected 
(without regard to materiality) in  any financial statements of Payless pursuant
to  FAS  109  in a  post-Distribution period.

               (c) Any payment made  pursuant to  paragraph  (a) of this Section
3.3 shall be made in accordance  with Section 3.8 hereof and shall equal (i) for
any taxable  period  beginning  prior to January 1, 1993,  (x) the amount of the
Adjustment  (computed without regard to any interest,  penalties or additions to
tax),  reduced by the amount of any decrease in the Deferred Tax  Liabilities of
the May Affiliated Group arising as a result of the effect of such Adjustment in
all pre-Distribution  periods, and, in the case of any Adjustment arising from a
Tax Item that is not a tax credit or recapture of a tax credit, multiplied by(y)
thirty-eight  and  one-half  percent  (38 1/2%)  and (ii) for any other  taxable
period,  (x) the  amount  of the  Adjustment  (computed  without  regard  to any
interest,  penalties or additions to tax), reduced by the amount of any decrease
in the Deferred Tax Liabilities of the May Affiliated  Group arising as a result
of the effect of such Adjustment in all  pre-Distribution  periods,  and, in the
case of any  Adjustment  arising  from a Tax Item  that is not a tax  credit  or
recapture of a tax credit,  multiplied by (y) thirty-nine  and one-half  percent
(39 1/2%).

               (d) Any payment made  pursuant to  paragraph  (b) of this Section
3.3 shall be made in accordance  with Section 3.8 hereof and shall equal (i) for
any  taxable  period  beginning  prior to  January 1, 1993 (x) the amount of the
Adjustment  (computed without regard to any interest,  penalties or additions to
tax),  reduced by the amount of any increase in the Deferred Tax  Liabilities of
the May Affiliated Group arising as a result of the effect of such Adjustment in
all pre-Distribution  periods, and, in the case of any Adjustment arising from a
Tax Item that is not a tax credit or  recapture of a tax credit,  multiplied  by
(y)  thirty-eight  and one-half percent (38 1/2%) and (ii) for any other taxable
period,  (x) the  amount  of the  Adjustment  (computed  without  regard  to any
interest,  penalties or additions to tax), reduced by the amount of any increase
in the Deferred Tax Liabilities of the May Affiliated  Group arising as a result
of the effect of such Adjustment in all  pre-Distribution  periods,  and, in the
case of any  Adjustment  arising  from a Tax Item  that is not a tax  credit  or
recapture of a tax credit,  multiplied by (y) thirty-nine  and one-half  percent
(39 1/2%).

          Section 3.4.  Stub Period Income Taxes.  (a)  Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in Section 3.3 hereof, Payless shall be responsible for all
Income Taxes imposed upon, or otherwise  allocable  to, the  Payless  Group for
the Stub  Period.  In this regard,  the parties  acknowledge  that,  pursuant to


                                      6

<PAGE>

Sections 2.1(a) and 2.1(b) hereof,  May shall  file certain Income Tax Returns 
on behalf  of, or which include,  the members of the Payless  Group for the Stub
Period.  Payless  shall reimburse  May for any  Income  Taxes  shown due on such
Returns, or which are imposed upon or otherwise  allocable to the Payless  Group
for the Stub Period, within  five (5) days of the earlier to occur of the filing
of any Return by May or the  payment by May of any Income Tax  (including  the 
payment of  estimated Income Taxes) for the Stub Period.

               (b) Payless shall pay any Income Tax shown due on any Return that
includes  the Stub  Period for which it has filing  responsibility  pursuant  to
Section 2.1 hereof.

               (c) Payless  shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless May against all
Taxes for the Stub  Period.  Any  payment  required to be made by Payless to May
pursuant to this  Section  3.4(c) shall be made in  accordance  with Section 3.8
hereof.

               (d) If May  receives a refund of Income Taxes for the Stub Period
for which May had previously been reimbursed or otherwise indemnified by Payless
pursuant to  paragraph  (a) or (c), as the case may be, of this Section 3.4, May
shall pay the amount of such  refund to Payless  within five (5) days of receipt
thereof.  If, in filing  any  Return  for  which May has  filing  responsibility
pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2 hereof, May claims a credit against Income Taxes
that is  attributable  to  Income  Taxes for the Stub  Period  for which May had
previously been reimbursed by Payless  pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section
3.4, May shall pay the amount of such credit to Payless  within five (5) days of
the filing of such Return with respect to which such credit is claimed.

          Section 3.5. Other Taxes. The May Group shall pay all Other Taxes (and
shall be entitled to receive  and retain all refunds of Other  Taxes)  which are
attributable to members of the May Group.  The Payless Group shall pay all Other
Taxes (and shall be entitled  to receive and retain all refunds of Other  Taxes)
which are attributable to members of the Payless Group.

          Section 3.6.  Carrybacks.  Unless May and Payless  otherwise  agree in
writing,   Payless  hereby   expressly  agrees  to  elect  (under  Code  section
172(b)(3)(C) and, to the extent feasible, any similar provision of any state and
local Income Tax law) to relinquish any Carryback Item (and hereby  acknowledges
that  it has  no  interest  in  any  Carryback  Item  and  that  it  waives  and
relinquishes  any  claim  thereto  so that no  payment  shall be due from May to
Payless in respect of any such Carryback Item).

          Section  3.7.  Responsibility  of Payless  Group for an Event of Loss.
Payless  and any  successor  corporation  shall be  responsible  for,  and shall
indemnify  and hold  harmless  May and each  member  of the May  Group  from all
liability,  loss,  cost,  expense or damage in any way occasioned by an Event of
Loss to the extent such Event of Loss would not have  resulted  but for a breach
of any covenant  contained in Section 6.2 of this Agreement  (without  regard to
whether an opinion of counsel has been obtained).

          Section 3.8. Payment.  (a) If Payless is required to make a payment to
a member of the May Group under this  Agreement,  such payment  shall be made by
Payless to May or any  successor  corporation,  and if May is required to make a
payment to a member of the Payless  Group  under this  Agreement,  such  payment


                                      7

<PAGE>

shall be made to Payless. Any payment by Payless shall be made by the earlier of
5 days after (1) May makes a tax  payment  to the  applicable  taxing  authority
(including,  without  limitation,  any payment made in connection with either an
estimated  or  annual  tax  liability),  (2) a  Final  Determination  of the tax
liability in question or (3) with respect to the net operating loss  utilization
described in Section 3.1,  Payless  claims on any Puerto Rican Income Tax Return
any net  operating  loss  deduction.  Any  payment  by May  shall be made by the
earlier of 5 days after (1) May  receives a refund from any taxing  authority or
claims  a tax  credit  on any  Return  or (2) a Final  Determination  of the tax
liability in question.  May and Payless agree that to the extent permitted,  any
payment made shall be reported as non-deductible  and any payment received shall
be reported as non-taxable.

          (b) Any payment  required to be made from one party to the other under
this  Agreement  and not made when due shall bear interest at the rate per annum
equal the lesser of (i) the maximum rate  permitted by  applicable  law and (ii)
two  percentage  points in excess of the per annum  rate of  interest  generally
charged from time to time by Citibank,  N.A. (or in its absence,  the U.S.  bank
with the  highest  market  capitalization)  at its  branches in New York City in
respect  of U.S.  dollar  demand  commercial  loans  to its most  credit  worthy
commercial  borrowers,  which per annum rate of interest is customarily referred
to as the "prime rate" of interest.  For the  purposes of this  Agreement,  such
"prime rate" of interest shall be ascertained  monthly, as of the first business
day of each calendar month, and such rate, as so ascertained, shall be deemed to
be the "prime rate" in effect throughout such calendar month.


                                Article IV

                     COOPERATION AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION

          Section 4.1.  Matters  Giving Rise to  Indemnity.  (a) Whenever May or
Payless  becomes aware of an issue which it believes  gives rise to an indemnity
from the other  party  under  Article  III,  May or Payless (as the case may be)
promptly shall give notice of the issue to the other party.

          (b) In  connection  with any  pre-Distribution  Income  Tax  liability
arising  with  respect  to a Return  for which May had  filing  responsibilities
pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2 hereof,  May shall have the sole right to control
any audit or  determination  by any authority,  initiate any claim for refund or
amended  return,  contest,  defend  against,  resolve and settle any assessment,
notice of deficiency or other adjustment of taxes or otherwise resolve any issue
pertaining to taxes.  May  acknowledges  that, with respect to any  negotiation,
settlement or litigation of any  Pre-Distribution  Tax Liabilities that may give
rise to an  indemnification  obligation by Payless  pursuant to Sections 3.2(a),
3.4 or 3.6(a) hereof in a taxable year  beginning  after the  Distribution,  May
shall (i) promptly give notice in writing to Payless of the  commencement of the
audit or  examination by any taxing  authority,  (ii) consult in good faith with
Payless in contesting  any proposed  adjustment to Taxes and (iii)  consider any
reasonable  advice from Payless  concerning  such contest.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  all  decisions  with  respect  to such  negotiation,  settlement  or
litigation shall be made by May in its sole discretion.




                                      8

<PAGE>

          (c)  Payless  shall  have the  right,  with  respect to any Income Tax
Return for which it has filing  responsibility  pursuant to Sections  2.1 or 2.2
hereof,  to control any audit or  determination  by any authority,  initiate any
claim for refund or amended return, contest, defend against,  resolve and settle
any assessment, notice of deficiency or other adjustment of such Income Taxes or
otherwise resolve any issue pertaining to such Income Taxes.

          (d) The party  responsible  for the payment of Other Taxes pursuant to
Section 3.5 hereof shall have the right to control any audit or determination by
any authority,  initiate any claim for refund or amended return, contest, defend
against,  resolve  and  settle any  assessment,  notice of  deficiency  or other
adjustment of such Other Taxes for which such party is  responsible or otherwise
resolve any issue pertaining to such Other Taxes.

          (e) Except as otherwise  provided  above,  May shall have sole control
over,  and shall have no duty to consult with Payless as to, any  liability  for
Income Taxes of all members of the May Affiliated Group arising on or before the
Distribution Date,  including  specifically any Income Taxes arising as a result
of the Distribution.

          (f) May and Payless  hereby  agree to pursue and to  cooperate  in the
pursuit of every  opportunity  to realize a Tax  Benefit for a member of the May
Group or the  Payless  Group,  respectively,  unless  the Tax  Benefit  produced
thereby will be less than $25,000.

          Section 4.2. Tax Return  Information.  By July 15, 1996,  and November
15, 1996,  respectively,  Payless shall, and shall cause each appropriate member
of the Payless Group to, provide May with all information  reasonably  requested
by May to enable May to file the May consolidated  Federal Income Tax Return and
those  state  and  local  tax  Returns  required  to  be  filed  on a  combined,
consolidated or unitary basis for the taxable periods ended February 3, 1996 and
May 4, 1996, respectively.

          By January  31, 1997 and January  31,  1998,  respectively,  May shall
provide  Payless with a copy of those portions of the May  consolidated  Federal
Income Tax Return and those  portions of the state and local  Income Tax Returns
required to be filed on a combined or consolidated basis relating to the Payless
Group with  respect to the  taxable  periods  ended  February 3, 1996 and May 3,
1996,  respectively.  May shall prepare such Returns on a basis  consistent with
its past practices,  except as to new Tax Items or as to any changes required by
law.

          May and Payless agree to cooperate fully with each other in connection
with the  preparation of any tax Return or claim for refund or in conducting any
audit or other proceeding in respect of taxes for all open taxable periods. Such
cooperation  shall include making personnel and records  available  promptly and
within  20  days  (or  such  other  period  as  may  be  reasonable   under  the
circumstances)  after a request  for such  personnel  or  records is made by the
tax-imposing authority or the other party. If any member of the May Group or the
Payless Group,  as the case may be, fails to provide any  information  requested
pursuant  to this  section,  then the  requesting  party shall have the right to
engage a public accountant of its choice to gather such information. Payless and
May, as the case may be, agree to permit any such public  accountant full access
to all appropriate  records or other information in the possession of any member
of the May Group or the Payless Group, as the case may be, during  reasonable  
business hours,  and to reimburse  or pay  directly all costs and expenses in  
connection with the engagement of such public accountant.
                                      9
<PAGE>

          If any member of the May Group or the Payless  Group,  as the case may
be, supplies information to a member of the other group pursuant to this section
and an officer of the requesting party signs a statement or other document under
penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such  information,  then a
duly authorized  officer of the party supplying such information  shall certify,
under penalties of perjury,  the accuracy and completeness of the information so
supplied.  May agrees to indemnify  and hold harmless each member of the Payless
Group and its officers and  employees,  and Payless agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless each member of the May Group and its officers and employees against any
cost, fine,  penalty or other expense of any kind attributable to the negligence
of a  member  of the May  Group or the  Payless  Group,  as the case may be,  in
supplying a member of the other group with inaccurate or incomplete information.

          Payless  shall  have  access  to  only  those   portions  of  the  May
consolidated  Federal  Income Tax Return  and those  state and local  Income Tax
Returns required to be filed on a combined or consolidated basis relating to the
Payless Group.  Under no circumstances  will Payless have access to any portions
of the May  consolidated  Federal Income Tax Return  pertaining to the May Group
and those state and local Income Tax Returns  required to be filed on a combined
or consolidated basis pertaining to the May Group.

          Section 4.3.  Record  Retention.  May and Payless  agree to retain the
appropriate  records for all taxable periods which may affect the  determination
of the  Income  Tax  liability  of  the  May  Affiliated  Group  or the  Payless
Affiliated Group for such period until such time as a Final Determination occurs
with respect to such taxable period.

          Any party  intending  to destroy any  material,  records or  documents
shall provide the other party with advance notice and the opportunity to copy or
take  possession of such records and  documents.  The parties hereto will notify
each other in writing of any waivers or extensions of the applicable  statute of
limitations that may affect the period for which the foregoing  records or other
documents must be retained.


                                 Article V

                                 DISPUTES

          Section 5.1.  Disputes.  If the parties are, after negotiation in good
faith, unable to agree upon the appropriate  application of this Agreement,  the
controversy  shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the
American Arbitration Association.  Upon written notice by any party to the other
party that the controversy is to be submitted to  arbitration,  each party shall
appoint an  independent  arbitrator  (who shall be a tax  attorney or  certified
public  accountant)  within 30 days, and the two  arbitrators so appointed shall
appoint a third  arbitrator  within 30 days  after the  appointment  of the last
arbitrator  appointed  within the initial 30-day  period.  If any party fails to
appoint  an  arbitrator  or  the  parties  agree  on a  single  arbitrator,  the
controversy shall be determined by a single  arbitrator.  If the two arbitrators
are unable to agree on a third arbitrator within 30 days, any party may apply to
the American Arbitration  Association to make such appointment,  and all parties
shall be bound by any  appointment  so made.  The award of the  arbitrators  (or
arbitrator)  shall be final, and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered
in any court having  jurisdiction.  The locale of the  arbitration  shall be St.
Louis,  Missouri.  The expenses of the  arbitration  procedure shall be borne in
equal parts by the parties unless the arbitration award specifies otherwise.
                                     10
<PAGE>

                                Article VI

                      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          Section 6.1.  Representations and Warranties.  As an inducement to
enter into this Agreement, each party represents to and agrees with the other
that:

          (a) Payless is a corporation  duly organized,  validly existing and in
good  standing  under the laws of the State of Missouri and May is a corporation
duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the
State of New York,  and each of them has all requisite  corporate  power to own,
lease  and  operate  its  properties,  to carry  on its  business  as  presently
conducted and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

          (b) it has duly and validly  taken all corporate  action  necessary to
authorize the  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

          (c) this  Agreement  has been duly  executed  and  delivered by it and
constitutes its legal,  valid and binding  obligation  enforceable in accordance
with its terms (subject,  as to the  enforcement of remedies,  to (i) applicable
bankruptcy,  reorganization,   insolvency,  moratorium  or  other  similar  laws
affecting the  enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally from time to time in
effect, and (ii) to general principles of equity), whether enforcement is sought
in a proceeding at law or in equity; and

          (d)  none  of the  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement,  the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby or the compliance with any
of the provisions of this Agreement will (i) conflict with or result in a breach
of any provision of its Certificate of  Incorporation  or by-laws,  (ii) breach,
violate or result in a default  under any of the terms of any agreement or other
instrument  or  obligation  to  which it is a party or by which it or any of its
properties or assets may be bound or (iii) violate any order, writ,  injunction,
decree,  statute,  rule or  regulation  applicable to it or affecting any of its
properties or assets.

          Section 6.2.  Covenants.  (a) Payless hereby covenants and agrees that
during the two year period after the  Distribution  Date it will not participate
in or  enter  into a  binding  commitment  to  participate  in,  nor will any of
Payless'  directors  or  shareowners  approve  or  adopt,  any of the  following
described events or transactions:

          a reorganization,  consolidation or merger; the sale or disposition of
          Payless Assets other than in the ordinary course of business; Payless'
          ceasing to conduct an active trade or  business;  the  acquisition  or
          disposition  of shares of stock of Payless  by any person or  persons;
          the redemption or repurchase  (except as otherwise provided in Revenue
          Procedure  91-63,  1991-2 C.B.  865, or any  successor  authority)  of
          shares of its stock by Payless or any successor,  the recapitalization
          or other  reclassification  of the shares of Payless or any successor;
          the complete or partial  liquidation of Payless or any successor;  the
          exercisability,  transferability  or repurchase of rights  distributed
          pursuant to a stock purchase  rights plan or any other act or omission


                                     11

<PAGE>

          of Payless which results in failure to comply with each representation
          and statement made to counsel in connection  with  requested  opinions
          with respect to the Distribution.

          (b) Payless  represents that, as of the date hereof, it has no present
intention to take any actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section 6.2.

          (c)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   Payless  may  engage  in  acts
inconsistent  with the covenants  contained in paragraph (a) of this Section 6.2
if:

               (i)  May consents in writing to such action;
          or

               (ii) on the  basis of valid  representations,  Payless  obtains a
          ruling  from  the  IRS,  or  obtains  an  opinion  from  a  nationally
          recognized independent tax counsel selected by Payless and approved by
          May,  which  ruling or opinion  states that such action will not cause
          either May or its shareowners to recognize taxable income by virtue of
          the Distribution.

                                   Article VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 7.1. Term of Agreement.  This Agreement shall become effective
as of May 4, 1996 and,  except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  the
respective  covenants of the parties  contained  herein  shall  continue in full
force and effect until the parties have fully performed.

          Section  7.2.  Prior Tax  Sharing  Agreements.  This  Agreement  shall
supersede any other tax-sharing or allocation agreement or arrangement in effect
between the parties  hereto prior to the  effective  date hereof with respect to
the matters expressly dealt with herein.

          Section 7.3. Election under Section 1552 of the Code.  Nothing in this
Agreement is intended to change or otherwise  affect any election  made by or on
behalf of the May Affiliated  Group with respect to the  calculation of earnings
and  profits  under  section  1552  of  the  Code  or  the  Consolidated  Return
Regulations.  May, in its sole  discretion,  is authorized to seek any change in
the method of calculating earnings and profits as it deems desirable.

          Section 7.4.  Injunctions.  The parties acknowledge that irreparable
damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement
were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise 
breached.  The parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions
to prevent  breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce 
specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court having jurisdiction, 
such remedy being in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled
at law or in equity.

          Section  7.5.  Severability.  If  any  term,  provision,  covenant  or
restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be
invalid,  void  or  unenforceable,  the  remainder  of  the  terms,  provisions,


                                     12

<PAGE>

covenants  and  restrictions  set forth  herein  shall  remain in full force and
effect and shall in no way be affected,  impaired or  invalidated.  It is hereby
stipulated  and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have
executed the remaining terms,  provisions,  covenants and  restrictions  without
including  any of  such  which  may  be  hereafter  declared  invalid,  void  or
unenforceable.  In  the  event  that  any  such  term,  provision,  covenant  or
restriction  is held to be invalid,  void or  unenforceable,  the parties hereto
shall use their best  efforts to find and employ an  alternate  means to achieve
the same or  substantially  the same result as that  contemplated  by such term,
provision, covenant or restriction.

          Section 7.6. Assignment.  Except by operation of law (and with respect
thereto,  only after two years from the date hereof) or in  connection  with the
sale of all or  substantially  all the assets of a party hereto (in either case,
with respect to Payless,  subject to the express  limitations  of Section  6.2),
this  Agreement  shall  not be  assignable,  in whole or in  part,  directly  or
indirectly,  by any party hereto without the written consent of the other party;
and any attempt to assign any rights or obligations arising under this Agreement
without such consent shall be void;  provided,  however,  that the provisions of
this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable
by the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

          Section 7.7. Further Assurances. Subject to the provisions hereof, the
parties  hereto  shall  make,  execute,   acknowledge  and  deliver  such  other
instruments and documents, and take all such other actions, as may be reasonably
required in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to consummate
the transactions  contemplated hereby. Subject to the provisions hereof, each of
the parties shall, in connection  with entering into this Agreement,  performing
its obligations hereunder and taking any and all actions relating hereto, comply
with all applicable laws, regulations, orders and decrees, obtain all required 
consents  and  approvals  and  make all required filings with any governmental 
agency, other regulatory or administrative  agency,  commission or similar  
authority  and  promptly  provide the other parties with all such information as
they may  reasonably  request in order to be able to comply with the provisions
of this sentence.

          Section  7.8.   Parties  in  Interest.   Except  as  herein  otherwise
specifically  provided,  nothing  in this  Agreement  expressed  or  implied  is
intended  to confer any right or benefit  upon any person,  firm or  corporation
other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

          Section  7.9.  Waiver,  Etc.  No  failure  or delay on the part of the
parties in  exercising  any power or right  hereunder  shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or
any  abandonment  or  discontinuance  of steps to enforce such a right or power,
preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof or the  exercise  of any other
right or power. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor
consent  to any  departure  by the  parties  therefrom  shall  in any  event  be
effective  unless the same shall be in writing,  and then such waiver or consent
shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the purpose for which
given.

          Section 7.10.  Change of Law. If, due to any change in applicable  law
or  regulations  or the  interpretation  thereof  by any  court  of law or other


                                     13

<PAGE>

governing  body having  jurisdiction  subsequent to the date of this  Agreement,
performance of any provision of this Agreement or any  transaction  contemplated
thereby shall become  impracticable or impossible,  the parties hereto shall use
their best efforts to find and employ an  alternative  means to achieve the same
or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such provision.

          Section 7.11. Confidentiality.  Subject to any contrary requirement of
law and the right of each party to enforce  its  rights  hereunder  in any legal
action,  each party agrees that it shall keep strictly  confidential,  and shall
cause its employees and agents to keep strictly  confidential,  any  information
which it or any of its agents or  employees  may acquire  pursuant to, or in the
course of performing its  obligations  under,  any provision of this  Agreement;
provided,  however,  that such obligation to maintain  confidentiality shall not
apply to  information  which  (x) at the time of  disclosure  was in the  public
domain  not as a  result  of  acts  by the  receiving  party  or (y)  was in the
possession of the receiving party at the time of disclosure.

          Section 7.12.  Headings.  Descriptive headings are for convenience
only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any
provision of this Agreement.

          Section 7.13.  Counterparts.  For the convenience of the parties,  any
number of  counterparts of this Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto,
and each  such  executed  counterpart  shall  be,  and shall be deemed to be, an
original instrument.

          Section 7.14. Notices. All notices, consents, requests,  instructions,
approvals and other  communications  provided for herein shall be validly given,
made or served,  if in writing and delivered by hand,  by  facsimile,  by United
States Postal Service,  postage prepaid,  registered or certified mail (delivery
verification  requested) or by reputable overnight courier service (charges paid
by send,  next business day delivery and delivery  verification  requested)  and
shall be deemed  given  (a) when  delivered  by hand,  (b) when  transmitted  by
facsimile (with either (i) receipt  confirmed or (ii) hard copy deposited within
one business day of such transmission with a reputable overnight courier service
as above provided),  (c) three business days after mailing if mailed through the
United  States  Postal  Service as above  provided or (d) one business day after
depositing with a reputable overnight courier service as above provided, in each
case addressed to the parties as followed:

     (a)  if to May:

                    The May Department Stores Company
                    611 Olive Street
                    St. Louis, Missouri  63101
                    Attention:  General Counsel
                    Facsimile #:  (314) 342-6384

                    with a copy to:

                    The May Department Stores Company
                    611 Olive Street
                    St. Louis, Missouri 63101
                    Attention:  Vice President Taxes
                    Facsimile #:  (314) 342-6588

                                     14

<PAGE>

     (b)  if to Payless:

                    Payless ShoeSource, Inc.
                    3231 E. 6th Street
                    Topeka, Kansas  66607
                    Attention: Chief Financial Officer
                    Facsimile #: (913) 295-6804

subject  to the right of each  party to  designate  a  different  address in the
United States and/or addressee by notice similarly given at least 15 days before
the effectiveness of such new designation.

          Section 7.15.  Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance with the domestic  substantive  laws of the
State of  Delaware  without  regard to any  choice or  conflict  of laws rule or
provisions that would cause the application of the domestic  substantive laws of
any other jurisdiction.

          Section  7.16.  Costs  and  Expenses.  Unless  otherwise  specifically
provided herein,  each party agrees to pay its own costs and expenses  resulting
from the fulfillment of its respective obligations hereunder.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective officers, each of whom is duly authorized, all
as of the day and year first above written.


     THE MAY DEPARTMENT STORES COMPANY


     By:  /s/ Louis J. Garr, Jr.
          -----------------------------
          Executive Vice President




     PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.


     By:  /s/ Richard A. Brickson
          -----------------------------
          Vice President













                                     15

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.2



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 $200,000,000

                         MULTICURRENCY CREDIT AGREEMENT

                           Dated as of April 22, 1996

                                      among

                            PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.,



                         BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                            AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                                    as agent,


                                       and


                 THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO



                                   Arranged by

                               BA SECURITIES, INC.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
























<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------
                                                                        PAGE
                                                                        ----

ARTICLE I        DEFINITIONS...........................................   1
           1.1   Certain Defined Terms.................................   1
           1.2   Other Interpretive Provisions.........................  20
           1.3   Accounting Principles.................................  21
           1.4   Currency Equivalents Generally........................  21

ARTICLE II       THE CREDITS...........................................  21
           2.1   Amounts and Terms of Commitments......................  21
           2.2   Notes.................................................  22
           2.3   Procedure for Borrowing...............................  22
           2.4   Conversion and Continuation Elections.................  23
           2.5   Utilization of Commitments in Offshore Currencies.....  24
           2.6   Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments.....  26
           2.7   Optional Prepayments..................................  26
           2.8   Currency Exchange Fluctuations........................  27
           2.9   Mandatory Prepayments of Loans........................  27
           2.10  Repayment.............................................  27
           2.11  Interest..............................................  27
           2.12  Fees..................................................  28
                 (a)  Arrangement, Agency Fees.........................  28
                 (b)  Commitment Fees..................................  28
           2.13  Computation of Fees and Interest......................  29
           2.14  Payments by the Company...............................  29
           2.15  Payments by the Banks to the Agent....................  30
           2.16  Sharing of Payments, Etc..............................  31

ARTICLE III      THE LETTERS OF CREDIT.................................  31
           3.1   The Letter of Credit Subfacility......................  31
           3.2   Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit..  33
           3.3   Risk Participations, Drawings and Reimbursements......  35
           3.4   Repayment of Participations...........................  36
           3.5   Role of the Issuing Bank..............................  37
           3.6   Obligations Absolute..................................  38
           3.7   Letter of Credit Fees.................................  39
           3.8   Uniform Customs and Practice..........................  39

ARTICLE IV       TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY................  39
           4.1   Taxes.................................................  39
           4.2   Illegality............................................  41
           4.3   Increased Costs and Reduction of Return...............  41
           4.4   Funding Losses........................................  42
           4.5   Inability to Determine Rates..........................  43
           4.6   Reserves on Offshore Rate Loans.......................  43
           4.7   Certificates of Banks.................................  44
           4.8   Survival..............................................  44
           4.9   Replacement of Certain Banks..........................  44

ARTICLE V        CONDITIONS PRECEDENT..................................  45
           5.1   Conditions of Initial Credit Extensions...............  45
                 (a)  Credit Agreement and Notes.......................  45
                 (b)  Resolutions; Incumbency..........................  46



<PAGE>
                 (c)  Organization Documents; Good Standing............  46
                 (d)  Legal Opinions...................................  46
                 (e)  Payment of Fees..................................  46
                 (f)  Certificate......................................  46
                 (g)  Subsidiary Guaranty..............................  47
                 (h)  Other Documents..................................  47
           5.2   Conditions to All Credit Extensions...................  47
                 (a)  Notice of Borrowing or Issuance..................  47
                 (b)  Continuation of Representations and Warranties...  47
                 (c)  No Existing Default..............................  47

ARTICLE VI       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................  48
           6.1   Corporate Existence and Power.........................  48
           6.2   Corporate Authorization; No Contravention.............  48
           6.3   Governmental Authorization............................  48
           6.4   Binding Effect........................................  49
           6.5   Litigation............................................  49
           6.6   No Default............................................  49
           6.7   ERISA Compliance......................................  49
           6.8   Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations...................  50
           6.9   Taxes.................................................  50
           6.10  Financial Condition...................................  50
           6.11  Environmental Matters.................................  51
           6.12  Regulated Entities....................................  51
           6.13  Subsidiaries..........................................  51
           6.14  Insurance.............................................  51
           6.15  Swap Obligations......................................  51
           6.16  Full Disclosure.......................................  51

ARTICLE VII      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.................................  52
           7.1   Financial Statements..................................  52
           7.2   Certificates; Other Information.......................  52
           7.3   Notices...............................................  53
           7.4   Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc..............  54
           7.5   Maintenance of Property...............................  54
           7.6   Insurance.............................................  54
           7.7   Payment of Tax Obligations............................  54
           7.8   Compliance with Laws..................................  55
           7.9   Compliance with ERISA.................................  55
           7.10  Inspection of Property and Books and Records..........  55
           7.11  Environmental Laws....................................  55
           7.12  Use of Proceeds.......................................  55
           7.13  Additional Guarantors.................................  55

ARTICLE VIII     NEGATIVE AND FINANCIAL COVENANTS......................  56
           8.1   Limitation on Liens...................................  56
           8.2   Disposition of Assets.................................  57
           8.3   Consolidations and Mergers............................  58
           8.4   Loans and Investments.................................  59
           8.5   Limitation on Indebtedness............................  60
           8.6   Transactions with Affiliates..........................  60
           8.7   Contingent Obligations................................  60
           8.8   Restricted Payments...................................  61
           8.9   ERISA.................................................  61
           8.10  Change in Business....................................  62


                                      -ii-

<PAGE>

           8.11  Accounting Changes....................................  62
           8.12  Financial Covenants...................................  62
                 (a)  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio......................  62
                 (b)  Leverage Ratio...................................  62
                 (c)  Consolidated Tangible Net Worth..................  62

ARTICLE IX       EVENTS OF DEFAULT.....................................  62
           9.1   Event of Default......................................  62
                 (a)  Non-Payment......................................  62
                 (b)  Representation or Warranty.......................  62
                 (c)  Specific Defaults................................  63
                 (d)  Other Defaults...................................  63
                 (e)  Cross-Default....................................  63
                 (f)  Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings................  63
                 (g)  Involuntary Proceedings..........................  63
                 (h)  ERISA............................................  64
                 (i)  Monetary Judgments...............................  64
                 (j)  Change of Control................................  64
           9.2   Remedies..............................................  64
           9.3   Rights Not Exclusive..................................  65

ARTICLE X        THE AGENT.............................................  65
           10.1  Appointment and Authorization; "Agent"................  65
           10.2  Delegation of Duties..................................  66
           10.3  Liability of Agent....................................  66
           10.4  Reliance by Agent.....................................  66
           10.5  Notice of Default.....................................  67
           10.6  Credit Decision.......................................  67
           10.7  Indemnification of Agent..............................  67
           10.8  Agent in Individual Capacity..........................  68
           10.9  Successor Agent.......................................  68
           10.10 Withholding Tax.......................................  69
           10.11 Co-Agents.............................................  70

ARTICLE XI       MISCELLANEOUS.........................................  70
           11.1  Amendments and Waivers................................  70
           11.2  Notices...............................................  71
           11.3  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies........................  72
           11.4  Costs and Expenses....................................  72
           11.5  Company Indemnification...............................  72
           11.6  Payments Set Aside....................................  73
           11.7  Successors and Assigns................................  73
           11.8  Assignments, Participations, etc......................  73
           11.9  Confidentiality.......................................  75
           11.10 Set-off...............................................  75
           11.11 Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc.......  76
           11.12 Counterparts..........................................  76
           11.13 Severability..........................................  76
           11.14 No Third Parties Benefited............................  76
           11.15 Governing Law and Jurisdiction........................  76
           11.16 Waiver of Jury Trial..................................  77
           11.17 Judgment..............................................  77
           11.18 Entire Agreement......................................  78


                                      -iii-


<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULES
                                   ---------

Schedule 2.01    Commitments and Pro Rata Shares
Schedule 6.07    ERISA
Schedule 6.10    Permitted Liabilities
Schedule 6.11    Environmental Matters
Schedule 6.13    Subsidiaries and Minority Interests
Schedule 8.01    Permitted Liens
Schedule 8.04    Permitted Investments
Schedule 8.05    Permitted Indebtedness
Schedule 8.07    Contingent Obligations
Schedule 11.02   Lending Offices; Addresses for Notices


                                    EXHIBITS
                                    --------

Exhibit A        Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit B        Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit C        Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D-1      Form of Legal Opinion of Counsel to the Company and the
                 Guarantors
Exhibit D-2      Form of Legal Opinion of General Counsel of The May Department
                 Stores Company
Exhibit E        Form of Assignment and Acceptance Agreement
Exhibit F        Form of Promissory Note
Exhibit G        Form of Subsidiary Guaranty


























                                      -iv-



<PAGE>
                         MULTICURRENCY CREDIT AGREEMENT
                         ------------------------------


     This  MULTICURRENCY  CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of April 22, 1996,
among Payless  ShoeSource,  Inc., a Missouri  corporation (the  "Company"),  the
several  financial  institutions  from  time to  time  party  to this  Agreement
(collectively,  the  "Banks";  individually,  a  "Bank"),  and  Bank of  America
National Trust and Savings Association, as agent for the Banks.

     WHEREAS, the Banks have agreed to make available to the Company a revolving
multicurrency credit facility with a letter of credit subfacility upon the terms
and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual agreements,  provisions and
covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------

     1.1  Certain Defined Terms.  The following terms have the following
meanings:

     "Acquisition"  means any transaction or series of related  transactions for
the purpose of or resulting,  directly or indirectly,  in (a) the acquisition of
all or  substantially  all of the  assets of a  Person,  or of any  business  or
division  of a Person,  (b) the  acquisition  of in excess of 50% of the capital
stock,  partnership interests,  membership interests or equity of any Person, or
otherwise  causing  any  Person  to  become a  Subsidiary,  or (c) a  merger  or
consolidation or any other  combination with another Person (other than a Person
that is a  Subsidiary)  provided  that  the  Company  or the  Subsidiary  is the
surviving entity.

     "Affiliate"  means, as to any Person,  any other Person which,  directly or
indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with,
such  Person.  A  Person  shall be  deemed  to  control  another  Person  if the
controlling  Person  possesses,  directly or indirectly,  the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person,  whether
through the ownership of voting securities,  membership interests,  by contract,
or otherwise.

     "Agent"  means BofA in its capacity as agent for the Banks  hereunder,  and
any successor agent arising under Section 10.09.

     "Agent-Related  Persons"  means,  at any  time,  the  Agent  at such  time,
together with its Affiliates (including, in the case of BofA, the Arranger), and
the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons
and Affiliates.

     "Agent's  Payment Office" means (a) in respect of payments in Dollars,  the
address for  payments set forth on Schedule  11.02 or such other  address as the
Agent may from time to time  specify  in  accordance with  Section  11.02,  and
(b) in the case of payments in any Offshore Currency, such address as the Agent
may from time to time specify in accordance with Section 11.02.


<PAGE>
     "Agreed Alternative Currency" has the meaning specified in subsection
2.05(d).

     "Agreement" means this Multicurrency  Credit Agreement,  as the same may be
amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Agreement Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 11.17.

     "Applicable  Commitment Fee Percentage" means, subject to the last sentence
of this definition,  for any period, the applicable of the following percentages
in effect with respect to such period:

                                                Applicable Commitment
             Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio            Fee Percentage
             ---------------------------            --------------
                   Level I Status                       .15%

                   Level II Status                      .1875%

                   Level III Status                     .225%

The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated by the Company as of the end
of each of its fiscal  quarters  commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending
after  the date  hereof  and shall be  reported  to the  Agent  pursuant  to the
Compliance  Certificate  delivered in accordance  with subsection  7.02(b).  The
Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage shall be adjusted, if necessary,  quarterly
as of the tenth day after the delivery of the Compliance Certificate referred to
above;  provided  that,  if  such  certificate,   together  with  the  financial
statements  to which such  certificate  relates,  are not  delivered by the date
required  pursuant to Section 7.01 and subsection  7.02(b),  then from and after
such date until such certificate is so delivered,  the Applicable Commitment Fee
Percentage  shall be equal to .225%.  Until  adjusted as  described  above,  the
Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage shall be equal to .1875%.

     "Applicable  Currency" means, as to any particular payment or Loan, Dollars
or the Offshore Currency in which it is denominated or is payable.

     "Applicable  Margin" means,  subject to the second to last sentence of this
definition,  for any period,  the  applicable  of the following  percentages  in
effect with respect to such period:

             Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio         Applicable Margin
             ---------------------------         -----------------

                   Level I Status                      .40%

                   Level II Status                     .50%

                   Level III Status                    .75%

The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated by the Company as of the end
of each of its fiscal  quarters  commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending
after  the date  hereof  and shall be  reported  to the  Agent  pursuant  to the
Compliance  Certificate  delivered in accordance  with subsection  7.02(b).  The
Applicable Margin shall be adjusted, if necessary, quarterly as of the tenth day


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

after the delivery of the  Compliance  Certificate  referred to above;  provided
that, if such certificate,  together with the financial statements to which such
certificate  relates, are not delivered by the date required pursuant to Section
7.01  and  subsection  7.02(b),  then  from  and  after  such  date  until  such
certificate is so delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be equal to .75%. Until
adjusted as described above,  the Applicable  Margin shall be equal to .50%. The
Applicable  Margin for any  Interest  Period shall be the  Applicable  Margin in
effect on the first day of such Interest Period and shall not change during such
Interest Period.

     "Arranger" means BA Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

     "Assignee" has the meaning specified in subsection 11.08(a).

     "Assignment and Acceptance" has the meaning specified in subsection
11.08(a).

     "Attorney Costs" means and includes all reasonable  out-of-pocket  fees and
disbursements of any law firm or other external  counsel,  the allocated cost of
internal legal services and all disbursements of internal counsel.

     "Bank" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause hereto.

     "Banking  Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in New York City, Chicago or San Francisco are authorized
or required by law to close and (a) with respect to  disbursements  and payments
in Dollars,  a day on which dealings are carried on in the  applicable  offshore
Dollar interbank market,  and (b) with respect to any disbursements and payments
in and  calculations  pertaining to any Offshore  Currency  Loan, a day on which
commercial banks are open for foreign exchange business in London,  England, and
on which  dealings  in the  relevant  Offshore  Currency  are  carried on in the
applicable  offshore foreign exchange  interbank market in which disbursement of
or payment in such Offshore Currency will be made or received hereunder.

     "Bankruptcy Code" means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11
U.S.C. (S)101, et seq.).

     "Base Rate" means, for any day, the higher of:

          (a) 0.50% per annum above the latest  Federal Funds Rate;  and (b) the
rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly  announced from time to time
by BofA in San Francisco,  California, as its "reference rate." (The "reference
rate" is a rate set by BofA based upon various factors including  BofA's  costs
and desired return,  general  economic  conditions  and  other  factors, and is
used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above,
or below such announced rate.)

     Any change in the reference rate announced by BofA shall take effect at the
opening of  business on the day  specified  in the public  announcement  of such
change.

     "Base Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

     "BofA"  means Bank of America  National  Trust and Savings  Association, a
national banking association.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

     "Borrowing"  means a borrowing  hereunder  consisting  of Loans of the same
Type and in the same Applicable  Currency made to the Company on the same day by
the Banks  under  Article  II and,  other  than in the case of Base Rate  Loans,
having the same Interest Period.

     "Borrowing  Date" means any date on which a Borrowing  occurs under Section
2.03.

     "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in New York City, Chicago or San Francisco are authorized
or required by law to close and, if the  applicable  Business Day relates to any
Offshore Rate Loan, means a Banking Day.

     "Capital Adequacy Regulation" means any guideline,  request or directive of
any central  bank or other  Governmental  Authority,  or any other law,  rule or
regulation,  whether  or not having  the force of law,  in each case,  regarding
capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation controlling a bank.

     "Capital Lease" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Capital
Lease Obligations."

     "Capital Lease Obligations"  means the principal  component of all monetary
obligations  of the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  under any  leasing or
similar  arrangement  which, in accordance with GAAP, is classified as a capital
lease ("Capital Lease").

     "Cash  Collateralize"  means to pledge and  deposit  with or deliver to the
Agent,  for the  benefit  of the  Agent,  the  Issuing  Bank and the  Banks,  as
collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to
documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the
Issuing Bank (which documents are hereby consented to by the Banks). Derivatives
of such term shall have corresponding meanings.

     "Certificate Bank" has the meaning specified in subsection 4.09(a).

     "Change in Control" means (a) the acquisition by any Person, or two or more
Persons acting in concert,  of beneficial  ownership (within the meaning of Rule
13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934) of 20% or more of the  outstanding  shares of  voting  stock of the
Company,  or (b)  during  any  period of  twelve  consecutive  calendar  months,
individuals who at the beginning of such period  constituted the Company's board
of directors  (together  with any new directors  whose election by the Company's
board  of  directors  or  whose   nomination   for  election  by  the  Company's
stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then
still in office who either were  directors  at the  beginning  of such period or
whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved)  cease for
any  reasons  other than death or  disability  to  constitute  a majority of the
directors then in office.

     "Closing Date" means the date on which all  conditions  precedent set forth
in  Section  5.01 are  satisfied  or  waived by all  Banks  (or,  in the case of
subsection 5.01(e), waived by the Person entitled to receive such payment).

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and regulations promulgated
thereunder, in each case, as amended from time to time.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>
     "Commitment", as to each Bank, has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

     "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit C.

     "Computation Date" has the meaning specified in subsection 2.05(a).

     "Consolidated  Interest  Expense" means,  for any period,  the sum of total
interest  expense  (including that  attributable to Capital Leases in accordance
with GAAP) of the  Company and its  Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated  basis with
respect to all  outstanding  Indebtedness  of the Company and its  Subsidiaries,
including,  without  limitation,  all commissions,  discounts and other fees and
charges  owed  with  respect  to  letters  of  credit  and  bankers'  acceptance
financing,  all as  determined on a  consolidated  basis for the Company and its
consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated  Net  Income"  means,  for any  period  for any  Person,  the
aggregate  of the net  income of such  Person  for such  period,  determined  in
accordance with GAAP on a consolidated  basis,  provided that (i) the net income
of any other Person  which is not a Subsidiary  of such Person shall be included
in the  Consolidated  Net Income of such Person only to the extent of the amount
of cash  dividends  or  distributions  paid to such Person or to a  consolidated
Subsidiary  of such Person and (ii) the net income of any other Person  acquired
in a pooling of interests  transaction  for any period prior to the date of such
acquisition  shall be excluded from the  Consolidated Net Income of such Person.
There shall be excluded in computing  Consolidated Net Income for any Person the
excess  (or the  deficit),  if any,  of (i) any gain which must be treated as an
extraordinary item under GAAP or any gain realized upon the sale or other  
disposition of any real property or equipment that is not sold in the ordinary 
course of business or of any capital stock owned by such Person or a Subsidiary
of such Person over (ii) any loss which must be treated as an extraordinary item
under GAAP or any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any real 
property or equipment that is not sold in the ordinary course of business or of
any capital  stock owned by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person. Without
limiting the foregoing, all costs and expenses of the Company relating to 
management retention incentive payments which are treated as extraordinary items
shall be  excluded  in  computing Consolidated Net Income of the Company.

     "Consolidated  Rental  Expense"  means,  for  any  period,  the  sum of the
aggregate  payments of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis
under  agreements to rent or lease any real or personal  property  (exclusive of
Capital Lease  Obligations),  all as determined on a consolidated  basis for the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated  Tangible Net Worth" of a Person means,  without duplication,
(a) total stockholders' equity of such Person less (b) the net book value of all
assets of such Person and its consolidated  Subsidiaries  which would be treated
as  intangibles  under  GAAP,  including,   without  limitation,   goodwill  and
trademarks, but excluding, however, lease rights associated with acquisitions of
below-market leases.

     "Contingent  Obligation"  means,  as to any Person,  any direct or indirect
liability of that Person,  whether or not contingent,  with or without recourse,
(a) with respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other
obligation  (the  "primary   obligations")   of  another  Person  (the  "primary

                                      -5-


<PAGE>

obligor"),  including any obligation of that Person (i) to purchase,  repurchase
or otherwise acquire such primary obligations or any security therefor,  (ii) to
advance  or  provide  funds for the  payment or  discharge  of any such  primary
obligation,  or to  maintain  working  capital or equity  capital of the primary
obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance  sheet
item, level of income or financial  condition of the primary  obligor,  (iii) to
purchase property,  securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring
the owner of any such primary  obligation of the ability of the primary  obligor
to make payment of such primary obligation,  or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold
harmless  the  holder of any such  primary  obligation  against  loss in respect
thereof  (each,  a  "Guaranty  Obligation");  (b)  with  respect  to any  Surety
Instrument  issued for the  account of that Person or as to which that Person is
otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings or payments;  (c) to purchase any
materials,  supplies  or other  property  from,  or to obtain the  services  of,
another Person if the relevant  contract or other related document or obligation
requires that payment for such  materials,  supplies or other  property,  or for
such services,  shall be made regardless of whether  delivery of such materials,
supplies or other  property is ever made or tendered,  or such services are ever
performed or tendered, or (d) in respect of any Swap Contract. The amount of any
Contingent  Obligation  shall,  in the case of Guaranty  Obligations,  be deemed
equal to the stated or determinable  amount of the primary obligation in respect
of  which  such   Guaranty   Obligation   is  made  or,  if  not  stated  or  if
indeterminable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof;
provided that if any Guaranty  Obligation  (a) is limited to an amount less than
the  obligations  guaranteed  or  supported  the  amount  of  the  corresponding
Contingent  Obligation  shall be equal to the  lesser of the  amount  determined
pursuant to the  initial  clause of this  sentence  and the amount to which such
guaranty is so limited or (b) is limited to recourse  against a particular asset
or assets of such Person the amount of the corresponding  Contingent  Obligation
shall be equal to the lesser of the amount  determined  pursuant  to the initial
clause of this sentence and the fair market value of such asset or assets at the
date for determination of the amount of the Contingent  Obligation.  In the case
of other Contingent  Obligations  other than in respect of Swap Contracts,  such
Contingent  Obligations  shall be equal to the  maximum  reasonably  anticipated
liability  in respect  thereof  and, in the case of  Contingent  Obligations  in
respect of Swap  Contracts,  such Contingent  Obligations  shall be equal to the
Swap Termination Value.

     "Contractual  Obligation"  means,  as to any Person,  any  provision of any
security  issued by such  Person  or of any  agreement,  undertaking,  contract,
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or agreement to
which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

     "Conversion/Continuation Date" means any date on which, under Section 2.04,
the Company (a) converts  Loans of one Type to another Type, or (b) continues as
Loans of the same Type, but with a new Interest  Period,  Loans having  Interest
Periods expiring on such date.

     "Credit Extension" means and includes (a) the making of any Loans hereunder
and (b) the Issuance of any Letters of Credit hereunder.

     "Default" means any event or circumstance  which, with the giving of notice
pursuant to this Agreement,  the expiration of any cure period specified herein,
or both,  would (if not cured or  otherwise  remedied  during such cure  period)
constitute an Event of Default.

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

     "Disposition" has the meaning specified in Section 8.02.

     "Dollar Equivalent" means, at any time, (a) as to any amount denominated in
Dollars, the amount thereof at such time, (b) as to any amount denominated in an
Offshore  Currency,  the equivalent amount in Dollars as determined by the Agent
at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate for the purchase of Dollars with such
Offshore Currency on the most recent Computation Date provided for in subsection
2.05(a) and (c) as to any amount  denominated  in an Offshore L/C Currency,  the
equivalent  amount in Dollars as  determined by the Issuing Bank at such time on
the basis of the Spot Rate for the  purchase of Dollars  with such  Offshore L/C
Currency.

     "Dollars", "dollars" and "$" each mean lawful money of the United States.

     "EBITR" means, for any period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, the sum of (a)
Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) all amounts treated as expenses
for taxes to the extent included in the determination of such  Consolidated Net
Income plus (c) Consolidated  Interest  Expense to the extent included in the  
determination  of such Consolidated Net Income plus (d) Consolidated  Rental 
Expense to the extent included in the determination of such Consolidated Net 
Income.

     "Effective  Amount"  means (a) with  respect to any Loans on any date,  the
aggregate  outstanding  principal Dollar  Equivalent amount thereof after giving
effect to any  Borrowings and  prepayments  or repayments of Loans  occurring on
such date; and (b) with respect to any  outstanding L/C Obligations on any date,
the Dollar  Equivalent  amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving
effect to any  Issuances  of  Letters of Credit  occurring  on such date and any
other changes in the aggregate  amount of the L/C  Obligations  as of such date,
including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under
any Letters of Credit or any  reductions  in the maximum  amount  available  for
drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

     "Eligible  Assignee" means (a) a commercial  bank or financial  institution
organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof,  and having
a combined capital and surplus of at least  $200,000,000;  (b) a commercial bank
or financial  institution organized under the laws of any other country which is
a member of the  Organization  for Economic  Cooperation  and  Development  (the
"OECD"), or a political  subdivision of any such country,  and having a combined
capital  and  surplus  of at least  $200,000,000,  provided  that  such  bank or
financial institution is acting through a branch or agency located in the United
States; and (c) a Person that is primarily engaged in the business of commercial
banking and that is (i) a Subsidiary of a Bank, (ii) a Subsidiary of a Person of
which a Bank is a Subsidiary, or (iii) a Person of which a Bank is a Subsidiary.

     "Environmental   Claims"  means  all  claims,   however  asserted,  by  any
Governmental   Authority  or  other  Person  alleging  potential   liability  or
responsibility  for violation of any Environmental Law, or for release or injury
to the environment.

     "Environmental  Laws" means all  federal,  state or local  laws,  statutes,
common law duties, rules,  regulations,  ordinances and codes, together with all
administrative orders, directed duties, requests,  licenses,  authorizations and
permits of, and agreements  with,  any  Governmental  Authorities,  in each case
relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     "ERISA"  means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated)
under common  control with the Company  within the meaning of Section  414(b) or
(c) of the  Code  (and  Sections  414(m)  and (o) of the Code  for  purposes  of
provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

     "ERISA Event" means (a) a Reportable  Event with respect to a Pension Plan;
(b) a  withdrawal  by the  Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  from a Pension  Plan
subject  to  Section  4063  of  ERISA  during  a plan  year  in  which  it was a
substantial  employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation
of operations  which is treated as such a withdrawal  under  Section  4062(e) of
ERISA;  (c) a  complete  or  partial  withdrawal  by the  Company  or any  ERISA
Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is
in  reorganization  the liability with respect to which has not been  satisfied;
(d) the  filing  of a notice of intent to  terminate,  the  treatment  of a Plan
amendment  as a  termination  under  Section  4041 or  4041A  of  ERISA,  or the
commencement  of  proceedings  by the  PBGC  to  terminate  a  Pension  Plan  or
Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected
to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the
appointment of a trustee to administer,  any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan;
or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA,  other than PBGC
premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or
any ERISA Affiliate.

     "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" has the meaning specified in the definition
of "Offshore Rate".

     "Event of Default" means any of the events or circumstances specified in
Section 9.01.

     "Exchange Act" means the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, and  regulations
promulgated thereunder, in each case, as amended from time to time.

     "FDIC"  means  the  Federal   Deposit   Insurance   Corporation,   and  any
Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

     "Federal  Funds Rate" means,  for any day, the rate set forth in the weekly
statistical  release  designated  as H.15(519),  or any  successor  publication,
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor,
"H.15(519)") on the preceding  Business Day opposite the caption  "Federal Funds
(Effective)";  or, if for any  relevant day such rate is not so published on any
such preceding  Business Day, the rate for such day will be the arithmetic  mean
as  determined by the Agent of the rates for the last  transaction  in overnight
Federal  funds  arranged  prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) on that day by
each of three  leading  brokers of Federal funds  transactions  in New York City
selected by the Agent.

     "Fee Letter" has the meaning specified in subsection 2.12(a).

     "FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System,  and any
Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.


                                      -8-


<PAGE>

     "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, for any period, the ratio of (a) EBITR
to (b)  the  sum of  Consolidated  Interest  Expense  plus  Consolidated  Rental
Expense, in each case, for such period.

     "FX Trading Office" means the Foreign Exchange Trading Center of the Agent,
or such other of the  Agent's  offices as the Agent may  designate  from time to
time.

     "Further  Taxes"  means  any and  all  present  or  future  taxes,  levies,
assessments,  imposts, duties, deductions, fees, withholdings or similar charges
(including,  without limitation,  net income taxes and franchise taxes), and all
liabilities  with respect  thereto,  imposed by any  jurisdiction  on account of
amounts payable or paid pursuant to Section 4.01.

     "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles set forth from time
to time in the opinions and  pronouncements  of the Accounting  Principles Board
and the American  Institute of Certified  Public  Accountants and statements and
pronouncements  of the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (or agencies with
similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting
profession),  which are applicable to the circumstances as of (a) in the case of
computations pursuant to Section 8.12, the date of this Agreement and (b) in all
other cases, the applicable date.

     "Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any state or other
political  subdivision  thereof,  any  central  bank  (or  similar  monetary  or
regulatory  authority) thereof,  any entity exercising  executive,  legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

     "Guarantors" means, collectively,  each of the Material Subsidiaries of the
Company   signatory  to  the   Subsidiary   Guaranty  and  such  other  Material
Subsidiaries  from time to time party to such  Subsidiary  Guaranty  pursuant to
Section 7.13.

     "Guaranty Obligation" has the meaning specified in the definition of
"Contingent Obligation."

     "Honor Date" has the meaning specified in subsection 3.03(b).

     "Indebtedness"  of  any  Person  means,   without   duplication,   (a)  all
indebtedness  for borrowed  money;  (b) all  obligations  issued,  undertaken or
assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade
payables entered into in the ordinary course of business on ordinary terms); (c)
all non-contingent  reimbursement or payment  obligations with respect to Surety
Instruments;  (d) all  obligations  evidenced  by notes,  bonds,  debentures  or
similar instruments,  including  obligations so evidenced incurred in connection
with the  acquisition of property,  assets or businesses;  (e) all  indebtedness
created  or  arising  under  any  conditional  sale  or  other  title  retention
agreement,  or incurred as  financing,  in either case with  respect to property
acquired  by the Person  (even  though the rights and  remedies of the seller or
bank under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or
sale of such property);  (f) all principal  obligations  with respect to Capital
Leases;  (g) all  indebtedness  referred  to in clauses  (a)  through  (f) above
secured by (or for which the holder of such  Indebtedness has an existing right,
contingent  or  otherwise,  to be  secured  by) any  Lien  upon  or in  property
(including accounts and contracts rights) owned by such Person, even though such
Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

of  such  Indebtedness;   and  (h)  all  Guaranty   Obligations  in  respect  of
indebtedness  or  obligations  of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a)
through (g) above. In the event any of the foregoing  Indebtedness is limited to
recourse against a particular asset or assets of such Person,  the amount of the
corresponding  Indebtedness  shall be equal to the  lesser of the amount of such
Indebtedness  and the fair market  value of such asset or assets at the date for
determination of the amount of such Indebtedness. In addition, the amount of any
Indebtedness  which  is also a  Contingent  Obligation  shall be  determined  as
provided in the definition of "Contingent Obligation."

     "Indemnified Liabilities" has the meaning specified in Section 11.05.

     "Indemnified Person" has the meaning specified in Section 11.05.

     "Independent Auditor" has the meaning specified in subsection 7.01(a).

     "Insolvency  Proceeding"  means, with respect to any Person,  (a) any case,
action or  proceeding  with  respect  to such  Person  before any court or other
Governmental  Authority  relating  to  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency,
liquidation, receivership,  dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b)
any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of
assets for creditors,  or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors
generally or any  substantial  portion of its creditors;  undertaken  under U.S.
Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

     "Interest  Payment Date" means, as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan,
the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, as to any Base
Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar  quarter;  provided,  however,
that if any Interest  Period for an Offshore  Rate Loan exceeds three months the
date that falls three months after the  beginning  of such  Interest  Period and
after each Interest Payment Date thereafter is also an Interest Payment Date.

     "Interest Period" means, with respect to any Offshore Rate Loan, the period
commencing on the Borrowing Date of such Loan or on the  Conversion/Continuation
Date on which a Loan is converted  into or  continued as an Offshore  Rate Loan,
and ending on the date one, two,  three or six months  thereafter as selected by
the  Company in its Notice of  Borrowing  or Notice of  Conversion/Continuation;
provided that:

          (a) if any Interest  Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a
Business Day, that Interest  Period shall be extended to the following  Business
Day unless,  in the case of an Offshore Rate Loan,  the result of such extension
would be to carry such Interest  Period into another  calendar  month,  in which
event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

          (b) any  Interest  Period  pertaining  to an  Offshore  Rate Loan that
begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there
is no numerically corresponding  day in the  calendar  month at the end of such
Interest  Period) shall  end on the last  Business Day of the calendar month at
the end of such Interest Period; and

          (c)  no Interest Period shall extend beyond the scheduled Revolving
Termination Date.

     "Investments" has the meaning specified in Section 8.04.

                                     -10-

<PAGE>

     "IRS" means the Internal  Revenue Service,  and any Governmental  Authority
succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

     "Issuance Date" has the meaning specified in subsection 3.01(a).

     "Issue" means,  with respect to any Letter of Credit, to issue or to extend
the expiry of, or to renew or increase the amount of, such Letter of Credit; and
the terms "Issued," "Issuing" and "Issuance" have corresponding meanings.

     "Issuing  Bank" means,  with  respect to any Letter of Credit,  BofA or any
Bank which at the request of the Company agrees, in such Bank's sole discretion,
to become an Issuing Bank for purposes of Issuing  Letters of Credit pursuant to
Article III.

     "Judgment Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 11.17.

     "L/C  Advance"  means each Bank's  participation  in any L/C  Borrowing  in
accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

     "L/C  Amendment  Application"  means an  application  form for amendment of
outstanding standby or commercial  documentary letters of credit as shall at any
time be in use at the Issuing Bank, as the Issuing Bank shall request.

     "L/C  Application"  means an  application  form for issuances of standby or
commercial  documentary  letters of credit as shall at any time be in use at the
Issuing Bank, as the Issuing Bank shall request.

     "L/C Borrowing" means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under
any Letter of Credit which shall not have been  reimbursed on the date when made
nor converted into a Borrowing of Loans under subsection 3.03(b).

     "L/C Commitment" means the commitment of the Issuing Bank to Issue, and the
commitment of the Banks severally to participate in, Letters of Credit from time
to  time  Issued  or  outstanding  under  Article  III;  provided  that  the L/C
Commitment  is a part  of the  combined  Commitments,  rather  than a  separate,
independent commitment.

     "L/C Obligations"  means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn
amount of all  Letters of Credit  then  outstanding,  plus (b) the amount of all
unreimbursed drawings under all Letters of Credit, including all outstanding L/C
Borrowings.

     "L/C-Related  Documents" means the Letters of Credit, the L/C Applications,
the L/C Amendment  Applications and any other document relating to any Letter of
Credit,  including any of the Issuing Bank's  standard form documents for letter
of credit issuances.

     "Lending  Office" means, as to any Bank, the office or offices of such Bank
specified as its  "Lending  Office" or  "Domestic  Lending  Office" or "Offshore
Lending Office",  as the case may be, on Schedule 11.02, or such other office or
offices as such Bank may from time to time notify the Company and the Agent.

     "Letters of Credit" means any letters of credit (whether standby letters of
credit or commercial  documentary  letters of credit) Issued by the Issuing Bank
pursuant to Article III.

                                     -11-

<PAGE>
     "Level I  Status"  exists  at any date if at such  date  the  Fixed  Charge
Coverage Ratio is greater than 2.0:1.0.

     "Level II  Status"  exists  at any date if at such  date the  Fixed  Charge
Coverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.0:1.0 but greater than 1.6:1.0.

     "Level  III  Status"  exists at any date if at such  date the Fixed  Charge
Coverage Ratio is less than or equal to 1.6:1.0.

     "Lien"  means any  security  interest,  mortgage,  deed of  trust,  pledge,
hypothecation,  assignment,  charge or deposit  arrangement,  encumbrance,  lien
(statutory or other),  conditional sale or other title retention agreement,  the
interest  of a  lessor  under  a  Capital  Lease,  any  financing  lease  having
substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, or the filing of
any financing statement naming the owner of the asset to which such lien relates
as debtor,  under the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable law) but, in any
such case, not including the interest of a lessor under an operating lease.

     "Loan" means an extension of credit by a Bank to the Company  under Article
II,  and may be a Base Rate Loan or an  Offshore  Rate Loan  (each,  a "Type" of
Loan).

     "Loan  Documents"  means this  Agreement,  any Notes,  the Fee Letter,  the
Subsidiary Guaranty, the L/C-Related Documents and all other documents delivered
to the Agent or any Bank by the Company in connection herewith.

     "Margin  Stock" means "margin  stock" as such term is defined in Regulation
G, T, U or X of the FRB.

     "Material  Adverse  Effect"  means (a) a material  adverse  change in, or a
material adverse effect upon, the operations,  business, properties or financial
condition of the Company or the Company and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole;
(b) a  material  impairment  of  the  ability  of the  Company  to  perform  its
obligations  under any Loan Document;  or (c) a material adverse effect upon the
legality,  validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Company or any
Guarantor of any of the Loan Documents.

     "Material   Subsidiary"   means,  at  any  time,  (a)  Payless   ShoeSource
Merchandising,  Inc., a Kansas  corporation,  Payless  ShoeSource  Distribution,
Inc., a Kansas  corporation,  and Payless ShoeSource  Worldwide,  Inc., a Kansas
corporation,  and (b) any other  domestic  Subsidiary  of the  Company the total
assets of which  constitute 5% or more of the total  consolidated  assets of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Minimum  Tranche" means,  in respect of Loans  comprising part of the same
Borrowing,  or to be converted or continued  under Section 2.04, (a) in the case
of Base Rate Loans,  $3,000,000 or any multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof,
and (b) in the case of Offshore  Rate  Loans,  the Dollar  Equivalent  amount of
$3,000,000  or any multiple of  1,000,000  units of the  Applicable  Currency in
excess thereof.

     "Multiemployer  Plan" means a "multiemployer  plan",  within the meaning of
Section  4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate makes,
is making, or is obligated to make  contributions or, during the preceding three
calendar years, has made, or been obligated to make, contributions.

                                     -12-


<PAGE>
     "Note" means a promissory  note  executed by the Company in favor of a Bank
pursuant to Section 2.02, in substantially the form of Exhibit F.

     "Notice of Borrowing" means a notice in substantially the form of
Exhibit A.

     "Notice of Conversion/Continuation" means a notice in substantially the
form of Exhibit B.

     "Obligations"  means  all  advances,   debts,   liabilities,   obligations,
covenants and duties arising under any Loan Document owing by the Company or any
Guarantor to any Bank, the Agent, or any Indemnified  Person,  whether direct or
indirect   (including  those  acquired  by  assignment  pursuant  to  subsection
11.08(a),  absolute  or  contingent,  due or to  become  due,  now  existing  or
hereafter arising.

     "Offshore  Currency" means, at any time,  Italian lire,  Canadian  dollars,
British pound sterling and French francs, and any Agreed Alternative Currency.

     "Offshore Currency Loan" means any Offshore Rate Loan denominated in an
Offshore Currency.

     "Offshore L/C Currency" means, at any time, any Offshore Currency and, with
respect to any Letter of Credit,  any other  currency  agreed to by the  Issuing
Bank thereof.

     "Offshore Rate" means,  for any Interest  Period,  with respect to Offshore
Rate Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate of interest per annum
(rounded upward to the next 1/16th of 1%) determined by the Agent as follows:

               Offshore Rate    =                LIBOR
                                  ---------------------------------------------
                                  1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

     Where,

          "Eurodollar  Reserve  Percentage"  means for any day for any  Interest
     Period (a) with respect to Offshore Rate Loans denominated in Dollars,  the
     maximum reserve percentage  (expressed as a decimal,  rounded upward to the
     next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on such day (whether or not applicable to any
     Bank) under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for determining
     the maximum reserve requirement  (including any emergency,  supplemental or
     other marginal reserve  requirement)  with respect to Eurocurrency  funding
     (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency  liabilities") and (b) with respect
     to all other Offshore Rate Loans, zero; and

          "LIBOR"  means the rate of interest per annum  determined by the Agent
     to be the  arithmetic  mean of the rates of interest per annum  notified to
     the Agent by each  Reference Bank as the rate of interest at which deposits
     in the Applicable  Currency in the approximate  amount of the amount of the
     Loan to be made or continued  as, or converted  into, an Offshore Rate Loan
     by such  Reference  Bank and having a maturity  comparable to such Interest
     Period  would be offered to major banks in the London  interbank  market at
     their request at  approximately  11:00 a.m.  (London time) two Banking Days
     prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

                                     -13-


<PAGE>

          The Offshore Rate shall be adjusted  automatically  as to all Offshore
     Rate Loans then  outstanding  as of the effective date of any change in the
     Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

     "Offshore Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest based on the Offshore
Rate, and may be an Offshore Currency Loan or a Loan denominated in Dollars.

     "Organization  Documents"  means, for any  corporation,  the certificate or
articles of  incorporation,  the bylaws,  any  certificate of  determination  or
instrument relating to the rights of preferred shareholders of such corporation,
any shareholder rights agreement, and all applicable resolutions of the board of
directors (or any committee thereof) of such corporation.

     "Originating Bank" has the meaning specified in subsection 11.08(d).

     "Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes
or any other  excise or property  taxes,  charges or similar  levies which arise
from any payment made  hereunder or from the execution,  delivery,  performance,
enforcement or registration  of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or
any other Loan Documents.

     "Overnight  Rate"  means,  for any day,  the rate of interest  per annum at
which overnight deposits in the Applicable Currency,  in an amount approximately
equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being  determined,  would
be offered for such day by BofA's  London Branch to major banks in the London or
other applicable offshore interbank market.

     "Participant" has the meaning specified in subsection 11.08(d).

     "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation,  or any Governmental
Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under ERISA.

     "Pension  Plan" means a pension  plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA)
subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which the Company
sponsors,  maintains,  or to which it makes, is making,  or is obligated to make
contributions,  or in the case of a  multiple  employer  plan (as  described  in
Section  4064(a)  of  ERISA)  has  made  contributions  at any time  during  the
immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

     "Permitted Liens" has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

     "Permitted  Swap   Obligations"   means  all  obligations   (contingent  or
otherwise)  of the  Company or any  Subsidiary  existing  or arising  under Swap
Contracts,  provided that each of the following criteria is satisfied:  (a) such
obligations  are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of
business  for  the  purpose  of  directly   mitigating   risks  associated  with
liabilities,  commitments  or  assets  held or  reasonably  anticipated  by such
Person,  or  changes  in the  value  of  securities  issued  by such  Person  in
conjunction  with a  securities  repurchase  program  not  otherwise  prohibited
hereunder,  and not for purposes of  speculation  or taking a "market view;" and
(b) such Swap  Contracts do not contain any  provision  ("walk-away"  provision)
exonerating  the  non-defaulting  party from its  obligation to make payments on
outstanding transactions to the defaulting party.


                                     -14-


<PAGE>
     "Person" means an individual,  partnership,  corporation, limited liability
company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association,
joint venture or Governmental Authority.

     "Plan" means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA)
which the  Company  sponsors or  maintains  or to which the  Company  makes,  is
making, or is obligated to make contributions  (other than a Multiemployer Plan)
and includes any Pension Plan.

     "Present  Value"  means,  with respect to each lease of the Company and its
Subsidiaries  treated as an "operating" lease for purposes of external financial
reporting,  the periodic  minimum or base rental payments due and payable during
the primary term (giving  effect to any extension  terms as to which the Company
or its  Subsidiaries  have become  contractually  obligated) of such lease on or
after the date of determination discounted to an equivalent value as of the date
of determination.  For purposes of computing the Present Value: (a) the discount
rate utilized to calculate  the Present Value of any Existing  Lease (as defined
below)  shall be the rate  actually  utilized by the  Company  prior to the date
hereof for purposes of calculating the present value of such operating lease for
disclosure  of the present  value of all  operating  leases in the  consolidated
external  financial reports of the Company and its Affiliates;  (b) the discount
rate utilized to calculate the Present Value of any Additional Lease (as defined
below)  during the fiscal  year in which the term of such lease  commences  (its
"First Lease Year") shall be the Year-To-Date  Rate (as defined below) as of the
end of the  fiscal  quarter  for  which  the  computation  is made;  and (c) the
discount  rate for any  Additional  Lease  during any fiscal year other than its
First Lease Year shall be the Year-To-Date Rate as of the end of its First Lease
Year. For purposes of this definition:  (i) "Existing Lease" means any operating
lease with a term commencing  before February 4, 1996; (ii)  "Additional  Lease"
means any operating  lease with a term  commencing  after  February 3, 1996; and
(iii) "Year-To-Date  Rate" means the weekly  year-to-date  average of the Friday
rates of the Merrill Lynch Bond Index for corporate  issues of "medium"  quality
with terms of 10 years or more ("Index") as published in The Wall Street Journal
(or similar  publication).  In the event that the Index ceases to be  published,
the Index shall be replaced by a similar index  reflecting  rates  applicable to
corporate  issues with similar terms and credit  quality as the Index as jointly
selected  by the  Company  and the  Agent.  The  discount  rate  applied  to any
extension of any Existing Lease or Additional  Lease shall be: (A) if the dollar
amount of base rent payable  during such extension is prescribed in the original
operating lease, the discount rate originally  applicable to such Existing Lease
or Additional  Lease,  as applicable;  and (B) in all other cases,  the discount
rate determined as if such extension period constituted an Additional Lease.

     "Present  Value of Operating  Leases"  means,  at any time,  the sum of the
Present Value of each operating lease of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

     "Pro  Rata  Share"  means,  as to any  Bank  at any  time,  the  percentage
equivalent (expressed as a decimal,  rounded to the ninth decimal place) at such
time of such Bank's Commitment divided by the combined Commitments of all Banks.

     "Reference Banks" means BofA, The First National Bank of Chicago and The
Bank of New York.

     "Reportable Event" means, any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of
ERISA or the regulations thereunder, other than any such event for which the 30-
day notice  requirement under ERISA has been waived in regulations issued by the
PBGC.

                                     -15-
<PAGE>

     "Required  Banks" means (a) at any time prior to the Revolving  Termination
Date,  Banks then holding at least 51% of the then  aggregate  unpaid  principal
amount of the Loans, or, if no Loans are outstanding, Banks then having at least
51% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments and (b) at all other times, Banks
then holding at least 51% of the then aggregate  unpaid  principal amount of the
Credit Extensions.

     "Requirement  of  Law"  means,  as to any  Person,  any law  (statutory  or
common),  treaty,  rule or regulation or  determination of an arbitrator or of a
Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Person or
any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property is subject.

     "Responsible  Officer" means the chief executive officer,  president or any
vice  president of the Company,  or any other officer having  substantially  the
same authority and responsibility; or, with respect to compliance with financial
covenants,  the chief financial officer or the treasurer of the Company,  or any
other officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

     "Revolving Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of:

          (a)  April 22, 2001; and

          (b)  the date on which the Commitments terminate in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement.

     "Same Day Funds"  means (a) with respect to  disbursements  and payments in
Dollars,  immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and
payments in an Offshore  Currency,  same day or other funds as may be reasonably
determined by the Agent to be customary in the place of  disbursement or payment
for  the  settlement  of  international  banking  transactions  in the  relevant
Offshore Currency.

     "SEC" means the Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  or any  Governmental
Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

     "Spot  Rate" for a currency  means the rate quoted by the Agent as the spot
rate for the  purchase  by the  Agent of such  currency  with  another  currency
through its FX Trading Office at approximately  11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the
date  two  Banking  Days  prior to the date as of  which  the  foreign  exchange
computation is made.

     "Subsidiary" of a Person means any corporation,  association,  partnership,
limited liability company,  joint venture or other business entity of which more
than 50% of the voting stock, membership interests or other equity interests (in
the case of Persons other than corporations), is owned or controlled directly or
indirectly by the Person, or one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Person, or a
combination thereof.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires,  references
herein to a "Subsidiary" refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

     "Subsidiary  Guaranty" means the Subsidiary Guaranty,  in substantially the
form of Exhibit G,  executed  and  delivered by the  Guarantors  in favor of the
Agent and the  Banks,  as the same may be  amended,  supplemented,  restated  or
otherwise  modified from time to time in accordance with its terms and the terms
hereof.


                                     -16-

<PAGE>

     "Surety  Instruments"  means all letters of credit  (including  standby and
commercial),  banker's  acceptances,  bank  guaranties,  shipside bonds,  surety
bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments.

     "Swap Contract" means any agreement, whether or not in writing, relating to
any  transaction  that is a rate swap,  basis swap,  forward  rate  transaction,
commodity swap,  commodity option,  equity or equity index swap or option, bond,
note or bill option, interest rate option, forward foreign exchange transaction,
cap,  collar or floor  transaction,  currency  swap,  cross-currency  rate swap,
swaption,  currency  option or any other,  similar  transaction  (including  any
option to enter into any of the foregoing) or any  combination of the foregoing,
and,  unless the  context  otherwise  clearly  requires,  any  master  agreement
relating to or governing any or all of the foregoing.

     "Swap  Termination  Value"  means,  in  respect  of any  one or  more  Swap
Contracts,  after  taking into  account  the effect of any  legally  enforceable
netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts,  (a) for any date on or after
the date such Swap  Contracts  have been  closed  out and  termination  value(s)
determined in accordance therewith,  such termination value(s),  and (b) for any
date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) the amount(s)  determined as the
mark-to-market  value(s) for such Swap  Contracts,  as determined by the Company
based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided
by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include any Bank.)

     "Taxes"  means any and all present or future  taxes,  levies,  assessments,
imposts,  duties,  deductions,  fees,  withholdings or similar charges,  and all
liabilities  with respect thereto,  excluding,  in the case of each Bank and the
Agent,  respectively,  taxes  imposed  on or  measured  by its net income by the
jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such
Bank or the  Agent,  as the case may be, is  organized  or  maintains  a lending
office.

     "Total  Capitalization" means, at any time, the sum at such time of (a) the
Company's  total  stockholders'   equity  plus  (b)  Total  Debt  plus  (c)  the
consolidated non-current deferred taxes of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

     "Total Debt" means,  at any time,  the sum of (a) the current and long-term
indebtedness  obligations for money borrowed,  drawn and unreimbursed letters of
credit,  drawn and  unreimbursed  surety bonds, the current portion of mandatory
redeemable  preferred  stock of the  Company,  Capital  Lease  Obligations  and,
without duplication,  Contingent Obligations in respect of any of the foregoing,
in each case, of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis, plus
(b) the Present Value of Operating Leases.

     "Type" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Loan."

     "Unfunded  Pension   Liability"  means  the  excess  of  a  Plan's  benefit
liabilities  under Section  4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that
Plan's assets,  determined in accordance with the  assumptions  used for funding
the Pension  Plan  pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the  applicable  plan
year.

     "United States" and "U.S." each means the United States of America.


                                     -17-


<PAGE>
     "Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary"  means  any  corporation  in which  (other  than
directors'  qualifying shares required by law) 100% of the capital stock of each
class having ordinary voting power, and 100% of the capital stock of every other
class, in each case, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is
owned,  beneficially  and of record,  by the  Company,  or by one or more of the
other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or both.

     1.2  Other Interpretive Provisions.
          -----------------------------

          (a) The  meanings  of  defined  terms are  equally  applicable  to the
singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

          (b) The words "hereof", "herein",  "hereunder" and similar words refer
to  this  Agreement  as a  whole  and not to any  particular  provision  of this
Agreement; and subsection,  Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this
Agreement unless otherwise specified.

          (c) (i)  The  term  "documents"  includes  any  and  all  instruments,
 documents,  agreements,  certificates,  indentures, notices and other writings,
 however evidenced.

               (ii)   The term "including" is not limiting and means "including
without limitation."

               (iii) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date
to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including"; the words
"to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding",  and the word "through" means "to
and including."

          (d) Unless  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  (i) references to
agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be
deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but
only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by
the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation
are to be  construed  as  including  all  statutory  and  regulatory  provisions
consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or
regulation.

          (e) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

          (f) This Agreement and other Loan Documents may use several  different
limitations,  tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All
such  limitations,  tests and  measurements  are  cumulative  and shall  each be
performed in accordance with their terms.

          (g) This  Agreement is the result of  negotiations  among and has been
reviewed by counsel to the Agent, the Company and the other parties,  and is the
product of all parties. Accordingly, it shall not be construed against the Banks
or the  Agent  merely  because  of the  Agent's  or  Banks'  involvement  in its
preparation.



                                     -18-



<PAGE>

     1.3  Accounting Principles.
          ---------------------

          (a) Unless the context  otherwise  clearly  requires,  all  accounting
terms  not  expressly  defined  herein  shall be  construed,  and all  financial
computations  required  under this Agreement  shall be made, in accordance  with
GAAP, consistently applied.

          (b) References  herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal  quarter" refer to
such fiscal  periods of the Company.  Currently,  the fiscal year of the Company
ends on the Saturday closest to January 31 of each year.

     1.4 Currency Equivalents Generally. For all purposes of this Agreement (but
not for  purposes  of the  preparation  of any  financial  statements  delivered
pursuant  hereto),  the equivalent in any Offshore Currency or other currency of
an amount in Dollars, and the equivalent in Dollars of an amount in any Offshore
Currency or other currency, shall be determined at the Spot Rate.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   THE CREDITS
                                   -----------

     2.1 Amounts and Terms of Commitments.  Each Bank severally  agrees,  on the
terms and conditions set forth herein, to make loans to the Company from time to
time on any  Business  Day during the period from the  Closing  Date to, but not
including,  the Revolving  Termination  Date, in an aggregate  principal  Dollar
Equivalent  amount  not to exceed at any time  outstanding  the amount set forth
opposite the Bank's name in Schedule 2.01 under the heading  "Commitment"  (such
amount as the same may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.06 or as a result of one
or more  assignments  pursuant  to  Section  11.08,  the  Bank's  "Commitment");
provided,  however,  that,  after giving effect to any  Borrowing of Loans,  the
aggregate  principal Dollar  Equivalent  amount of all outstanding Loans and L/C
Obligations shall not exceed the combined Commitments. Within the limits of each
Bank's  Commitment,  and subject to the other terms and conditions  hereof,  the
Company may borrow under this  Section  2.01,  prepay  pursuant to Section 2.07
and reborrow pursuant to this Section 2.01.

     2.2 Notes.  The Loans made by each Bank shall be  evidenced  by one or more
Notes.  Each such Bank shall  endorse on the  schedules  annexed to its Note the
date,  amount and maturity of each Loan made by it and the amount and Applicable
Currency of each payment of principal made by the Company with respect  thereto.
Each such Bank is irrevocably  authorized by the Company to endorse its Note and
each Bank's record shall be rebuttably  presumptive  evidence of the matters set
forth therein absent manifest error;  provided,  however,  that the failure of a
Bank to make, or an error in making, a notation thereon with respect to any Loan
shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Company  hereunder or
under any such Note to such Bank.

     2.3  Procedure for Borrowing.
          -----------------------

          (a) Each  Borrowing  shall  be made  upon  the  Company's  irrevocable
written  notice  delivered  to the  Agent in the form of a Notice  of  Borrowing

                                     -19-

<PAGE>
(which notice must be received by the Agent prior to 12:00 noon  (Chicago  time)
(i) four  Business Days prior to the  requested  Borrowing  Date, in the case of
Offshore  Currency  Loans;  (ii)  three  Business  Days  prior to the  requested
Borrowing Date, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans  denominated in Dollars;  and
(iii) one Business Day prior to the  requested  Borrowing  Date,  in the case of
Base Rate Loans, in any such case, specifying:

                    (A)  the amount of the Borrowing, which shall be in an
          aggregate amount not less than the Minimum Tranche;

                    (B) the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business
          Day;

                    (C) the Type of Loans comprising the Borrowing;

                    (D) the duration of the Interest  Period  applicable  to any
          Offshore  Rate  Loans  included  in  such  notice.  If the  Notice  of
          Borrowing fails to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any
          Borrowing comprised of Offshore Rate Loans, such Interest Period shall
          be one month; and

                    (E)  in the case of a Borrowing comprised of Offshore
          Currency Loans, the Applicable Currency;

provided,  however, that with respect to any Borrowing to be made on the Closing
Date,  the Notice of  Borrowing  shall be  delivered to the Agent not later than
12:00 noon  (Chicago  time) one  Business  Day before the Closing  Date and such
Borrowing will consist of Base Rate Loans only.

          (b) The  Dollar  Equivalent  amount of any  Borrowing  in an  Offshore
Currency will be determined by the Agent for such  Borrowing on the  Computation
Date therefor in accordance with subsection 2.05(a).  Upon receipt of the Notice
of Borrowing, the Agent will promptly notify each Bank thereof and of the amount
of such  Bank's  Pro Rata  Share of the  Borrowing.  In the case of a  Borrowing
comprised of Offshore  Currency Loans,  such notice will provide the approximate
amount of each Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing,  and the Agent will, upon
the  determination of the Dollar Equivalent amount of the Borrowing as specified
in the  Notice of  Borrowing,  promptly  notify  each  Bank of the exact  Dollar
Equivalent amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing.

          (c) Each  Bank  will  make the  amount  of its Pro Rata  Share of each
Borrowing  available  to the Agent for the account of the Company at the Agent's
Payment  Office on the Borrowing Date requested by the Company in Same Day Funds
and in the requested currency (i) in the case of a Borrowing  comprised of Loans
in  Dollars,  by 12:00 noon  (Chicago  time) and (ii) in the case of a Borrowing
comprised of Offshore Currency Loans, by such time as the Agent may specify. The
proceeds  of all such Loans will then be made  available  to the  Company by the
Agent at such  office by  crediting  the  account of the Company on the books of
BofA with the aggregate of the amounts made  available to the Agent by the Banks
and in like funds as received by the Agent.

          (d) After  giving  effect to any  Borrowing,  unless  the Agent  shall
otherwise consent, there may not be more than nine different Interest Periods in
effect.


                                     -20-


<PAGE>

     2.4  Conversion and Continuation Elections.
          -------------------------------------

          (a) The Company may, upon  irrevocable  written notice to the Agent in
accordance with subsection 2.04(b):

               (i)  elect,  as of any  Business  Day,  in the case of Base  Rate
     Loans, or as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period, in the case
     of any other Type of Loans  denominated  in  Dollars,  to convert  any such
     Loans (or any part thereof in an amount not less than the Minimum  Tranche)
     into Loans in Dollars of any other Type; or

               (ii) elect, as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period,
     to continue any Loans having Interest  Periods expiring on such day (or any
     part thereof in an amount not less than the Minimum Tranche).

          (b) The Company shall deliver a Notice of  Conversion/Continuation  to
be received by the Agent not later than 12:00 noon  (Chicago  time) at least (i)
three Business Days in advance of the Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans
are to be  converted  into or continued as Offshore  Rate Loans  denominated  in
Dollars;  (ii) four  Business Days in advance of the  continuation  date, if the
Loans are to be continued as Offshore Currency Loans; and (iii) one Business Day
in advance of the Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans are to be converted
into Base Rate Loans, specifying:

                    (A) the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

                    (B)  the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or
          continued;

                    (C) the Type of Loans resulting from the proposed conversion
          or continuation; and

                    (D)  other  than in the case of  conversions  into Base Rate
          Loans, the duration of the requested Interest Period.

          (c) If upon  the  expiration  of any  Interest  Period  applicable  to
Offshore  Rate Loans in Dollars,  the Company has failed to timely  select a new
Interest  Period to be  applicable to such Offshore Rate Loans or if any Default
or Event of Default then exists, unless, in either case, the Company has elected
to and does repay such Loans on or prior to the expiration date of such Interest
Period,  the Company  shall be deemed to have elected to convert  such  Offshore
Rate Loans  into Base Rate Loans  effective  as of the  expiration  date of such
Interest Period. If the Company has failed to select a new Interest Period to be
applicable  to  Offshore  Currency  Loans  prior to the fourth  Business  Day in
advance of the expiration date of the current Interest Period applicable thereto
as provided in subsection  2.04(b),  or if any Default or Event of Default shall
then  exist,  the  Company  shall be deemed to have  elected  to  continue  such
Offshore Currency Loans on the basis of a one month Interest Period.

          (d) The Agent  will  promptly  notify  each Bank of its  receipt  of a
Notice of  Conversion/Continuation,  or, if no timely  notice is provided by the
Company,  the  Agent  will  promptly  notify  each  Bank of the  details  of any
automatic  conversion.  All conversions and continuations  shall be made ratably
according  to the  respective  outstanding  principal  amounts of the Loans with
respect to which the notice was given held by each Bank.

                                     -21-
<PAGE>

          (e) Unless the Required Banks otherwise consent,  during the existence
of a Default or Event of  Default,  the  Company may not elect to have a Loan in
Dollars  converted  into or continued as an Offshore  Rate Loan in Dollars or an
Offshore  Currency Loan continued on the basis of an Interest  Period  exceeding
one month.

          (f) After giving effect to any  conversion or  continuation  of Loans,
unless  the  Agent  shall  otherwise  consent,  there  may not be more than nine
different Interest Periods in effect.

     2.5  Utilization of Commitments in Offshore Currencies.
          -------------------------------------------------

          (a) The Agent will determine the Dollar Equivalent amount with respect
to any (i) Borrowing  comprised of Offshore  Currency  Loans as of the requested
Borrowing Date, (ii) outstanding  Offshore Currency Loans as of the last Banking
Day  of  each  month,  (iii)  outstanding  Offshore  Currency  Loans  as of  any
redenomination date pursuant to this Section 2.05 or Section 4.05, (iv) Issuance
or renewal of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Offshore L/C Currency as of
the requested date of Issuance or renewal and (v)  outstanding Letter of Credit
denominated in an Offshore L/C Currency as of the last Banking Day of each month
(each such date under  clauses (i) through (v) a "Computation Date").

          (b) In the case of a proposed Borrowing comprised of Offshore Currency
Loans, the Banks shall be under no obligation to make Offshore Currency Loans in
the  requested  Offshore  Currency  as part of such  Borrowing  if the Agent has
received notice from any of the Banks by 5:00 p.m.  (Chicago time) four Business
Days prior to the day of such  Borrowing  that such Bank cannot provide Loans in
the requested  Offshore  Currency,  in which event the Agent will give notice to
the Company no later than 12:00 noon  (Chicago  time) on the third  Business Day
prior  to the  requested  date of  such  Borrowing  that  the  Borrowing  in the
requested Offshore Currency is not then available,  and notice thereof also will
be given promptly by the Agent to the Banks. If the Agent shall have so notified
the Company that any such Borrowing in a requested Offshore Currency is not then
available,  the  Company  may,  by notice to the Agent not later  than 5:00 p.m.
(Chicago  time)  three  Business  Days  prior  to the  requested  date  of  such
Borrowing,   withdraw  the  Notice  of  Borrowing  relating  to  such  requested
Borrowing.  If the  Company  does so  withdraw  such  Notice of  Borrowing,  the
Borrowing  requested  therein  shall not occur and the Agent  will  promptly  so
notify each Bank.  If the Company does not so withdraw such Notice of Borrowing,
the Agent will  promptly so notify each Bank and such Notice of Borrowing  shall
be deemed to be a Notice of  Borrowing  that  requests a Borrowing  comprised of
Base Rate Loans in an  aggregate  amount  equal to the amount of the  originally
requested  Borrowing as expressed in Dollars in the Notice of Borrowing;  and in
such notice by the Agent to each Bank the Agent will state such aggregate amount
of such Borrowing in Dollars and such Bank's Pro Rata Share thereof.

          (c) In the case of a proposed  continuation of Offshore Currency Loans
for an additional  Interest  Period pursuant to Section 2.04, the Banks shall be
under no obligation to continue  such Offshore  Currency  Loans if the Agent has
received notice from any of the Banks by 5:00 p.m.  (Chicago time) four Business
Days prior to the day of such  continuation  that such Bank  cannot  continue to
provide Loans in the relevant Offshore  Currency,  in which event the Agent will
give notice to the Company not later than 12:00 noon (Chicago time) on the third


                                     -22-

<PAGE>

Business  Day  prior  to the  requested  date  of  such  continuation  that  the
continuation of such Offshore  Currency Loans in the relevant  Offshore Currency
is not then  available,  and notice  thereof also will be given  promptly by the
Agent to the Banks.  If the Agent  shall have so notified  the Company  that any
such continuation of Offshore  Currency Loans is not then available,  any Notice
of  Continuation/Conversion  with respect thereto shall be deemed  withdrawn and
such  Offshore  Currency  Loans shall be  redenominated  into Base Rate Loans in
Dollars with effect from the last day of the Interest Period with respect to any
such Offshore Currency Loans. The Agent will promptly notify the Company and the
Banks of any such  redenomination  and in such  notice by the Agent to each Bank
the Agent will state the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of the redenominated
Offshore  Currency Loans as of the Computation  Date with respect thereto and 
such Bank's Pro Rata Share thereof.

          (d) The Company shall be entitled to request that Loans hereunder also
be permitted to be made in any other lawful  currency  (other than Dollars),  in
addition to the currencies  specified in the  definition of "Offshore  Currency"
herein,  that in the opinion of the Required Banks is at such time freely traded
in the offshore  interbank  foreign exchange markets and is freely  transferable
and freely  convertible  into Dollars (an "Agreed  Alternative  Currency").  The
Company  shall  deliver to the Agent any  request for  designation  of an Agreed
Alternative  Currency in accordance  with Section  11.02,  to be received by the
Agent not later than  12:00 noon  (Chicago  time) at least 10  Business  Days in
advance  of the  date of any  Borrowing  hereunder  proposed  to be made in such
Agreed  Alternative  Currency.  Upon  receipt of any such request the Agent will
promptly  notify the Banks  thereof,  and each Bank will use its best efforts to
respond to such request within two Business Days of receipt  thereof.  Each Bank
may grant or accept such request in its sole discretion. The Agent will promptly
notify the Company of the acceptance or rejection of any such request.

     2.6 Voluntary  Termination  or Reduction of  Commitments.  The Company may,
upon not less than three Business Days' prior notice to the Agent, terminate the
Commitments,  or  permanently  reduce the  Commitments  by an aggregate  minimum
Dollar  Equivalent  amount of  $5,000,000 or any Dollar  Equivalent  multiple of
$1,000,000 in excess  thereof;  unless,  after giving effect  thereto and to any
prepayments  of Loans made on the effective date thereof,  the then  outstanding
principal Dollar Equivalent amount of the Loans and L/C Obligations would exceed
the  amount  of the  combined  Commitments  then  in  effect.  Once  reduced  in
accordance  with this Section 2.06, the  Commitments  may not be increased.  Any
reduction of the Commitments  shall be applied to each Bank according to its Pro
Rata Share. All accrued commitment fees to, but not including the effective date
of any reduction or termination of  Commitments,  shall be paid on the effective
date of such reduction or termination.

     2.7 Optional Prepayments.  Subject to Section 4.04, the Company may, at any
time or from time to time,  upon  irrevocable  notice to the Agent as  described
below,  ratably prepay Loans in whole or in part, in minimum  Dollar  Equivalent
amounts of $3,000,000 or any Dollar Equivalent  multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof or such other amount  necessary to repay any Offshore  Currency  Loan in
full.  The Company  shall  deliver a notice of  prepayment  in  accordance  with
Section  11.02 to be  received  by the Agent not later than 12:00 noon  (Chicago
time) (a) at least four Business Days in advance of the  prepayment  date if the
Loans to be prepaid are Offshore  Currency  Loans,  (b) at least three  Business
Days in advance of the  prepayment  date if the Loans to be prepaid are Offshore


                                     -23-

<PAGE>

Rate Loans in  Dollars,  and (iii) at least one  Business  Day in advance of the
prepayment  date if the Loans to be prepaid are Base Rate Loans.  Such notice of
prepayment shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and whether such
prepayment  is of Base Rate Loans or  Offshore  Rate Loans,  or any  combination
thereof,  and the  Applicable  Currency.  Such notice  shall not  thereafter  be
revocable by the Company and the Agent will promptly notify each Bank thereof 
and of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by
the Company,  the Company shall make such  prepayment and the payment  amount  
specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein,
together  with  accrued  interest  to each such date on the amount prepaid and 
any amounts required pursuant to Section 4.04.

     2.8 Currency  Exchange  Fluctuations.  Subject to Section  4.04,  if on any
Computation  Date the Agent  shall have  determined  that the  aggregate  Dollar
Equivalent  principal  amount of all Loans and L/C Obligations  then outstanding
exceeds the combined  Commitments of the Banks by more than  $500,000,  due to a
change in applicable rates of exchange between Dollars and Offshore  Currencies,
then the Agent shall give notice to the Company  that a  prepayment  is required
under this Section 2.08, and the Company agrees thereupon to make prepayments of
Loans within one Business Day of such notice such that,  after giving  effect to
such  prepayment the aggregate  Dollar  Equivalent  amount of all Loans does not
exceed the combined Commitments.

     2.9 Mandatory Prepayments of Loans. Subject to Section 4.04, if on any date
the Effective  Amount of all Loans then outstanding plus the Effective Amount of
all L/C Obligations exceeds the aggregate Commitments (other than as a result of
currency  exchange  fluctuations),  the Company shall  immediately,  and without
notice or demand,  prepay the  outstanding  principal  amount of the Loans in an
amount  equal to the lesser of such  excess  and the  amount of the  outstanding
Loans and, if any excess shall still remain,  shall Cash  Collateralize  the L/C
Obligations to the extent of such remaining excess.

     2.10  Repayment.  The Company shall repay to the Banks on April 22, 2001 or
on such  earlier  date as such  Loans may  become due and  payable  pursuant  to
subsection  9.02(b) the aggregate  principal amount of Loans outstanding on such
date.

     2.11 Interest.
          --------

          (a) Each Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding  principal amount
thereof  from the  applicable  Borrowing  Date at a rate per annum  equal to the
Offshore  Rate plus the  Applicable  Margin or the Base Rate, as the case may be
(and  subject to the  Company's  right to convert to other  Types of Loans under
Section 2.04).

          (b)  Interest  on each Loan shall be paid in arrears on each  Interest
Payment Date. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any prepayment of Loans
under  Section  2.07,  2.08 or 2.09 for the  portion of the Loans so prepaid and
upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof and, during the existence of
any  Event of  Default,  interest  shall be paid on  demand  of the Agent at the
request or with the consent of the Required Banks.



                                     -24-


<PAGE>
          (c) Notwithstanding  subsections 2.11(a) and 3.03(d),  while any Event
of Default  exists,  for the period  commencing  after the Company's  receipt of
notice from the Agent at the request, or with the consent, of the Required Banks
or after  acceleration,  the Company shall pay interest (after as well as before
entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by law) on the  principal  
amount of all outstanding Loans and other Obligations, at a rate per annum which
is determined by adding 2% per annum to the  Applicable  Margin  then in effect
for  such  Loans  and,  in the case of Obligations not subject to an Applicable
Margin,  at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus 2%; provided,  however,
that, on and after the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any 
Offshore Rate Loan outstanding on the date of occurrence of such Event of 
Default  for the  period  commencing after the Company's receipt of notice from
the Agent at the request,  or with the consent, of the Required Banks or 
acceleration,  the principal amount of such Loan shall, during the continuation
of such Event of Default or after acceleration, bear interest at a rate per 
annum equal to the Base Rate plus 2%.

          (d) Anything herein to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the Obligations
of the Company to any Bank  hereunder  shall be subject to the  limitation  that
payments of interest  shall not be required for any period for which interest is
computed hereunder,  to the extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for
or receiving  such payment by such Bank would be contrary to the  provisions  of
any law  applicable  to such Bank limiting the highest rate of interest that may
be lawfully  contracted for, charged or received by such Bank, and in such event
the  Company  shall pay such Bank  interest  at the highest  rate  permitted  by
applicable law.

     2.12 Fees.
          ----

          (a) Arrangement, Agency Fees. The Company shall pay an arrangement fee
to the Arranger for the Arranger's  own account,  and shall pay an agency fee to
the Agent for the Agent's own account, as required by the letter agreement ("Fee
Letter") between the Company and the Arranger and Agent dated March 13, 1996.

          (b)  Commitment  Fees.  The  Company  shall  pay to the  Agent for the
account of each Bank a commitment  fee equal to the  Applicable  Commitment  Fee
Percentage  times the average  daily unused  portion of such Bank's  Commitment,
computed  on a  quarterly  basis in  arrears  on the last  Business  Day of each
calendar quarter based upon the daily utilization for that quarter as calculated
by the Agent.  For  purposes  hereof,  each  Bank's  Commitment  shall be deemed
utilized  to the extent of its Pro Rata Share of all  outstanding  Loans and L/C
Obligations.  Such  commitment  fee shall  accrue from the  Closing  Date to the
Revolving  Termination Date and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on
the last  Business  Day of each  calendar  quarter  commencing  with  the  first
calendar quarter ending after the date hereof through the Revolving  Termination
Date,  with the final  payment  to be made on the  Revolving  Termination  Date;
provided  that, in connection  with any reduction or  termination of Commitments
under Section 2.06, the accrued  commitment fee calculated for the period ending
on such date shall also be paid on the date of such  reduction  or  termination,
with the following quarterly payment being calculated on the basis of the period
from such  reduction or  termination  date to such  quarterly  payment date. The
commitment fees provided in this subsection  shall accrue at all times after the
above-mentioned  commencement  date,  including  at any time during which one or
more conditions in Article V are not met.


                                     -25-

<PAGE>

     2.13 Computation of Fees and Interest.
          --------------------------------

          (a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans and of fees shall
be made on the  basis of a year of 365 or 366  days,  as the  case  may be,  and
actual days elapsed.  All computations of interest for Offshore Rate Loans shall
be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in
more  interest  being  paid than if  computed  on the basis of a 365-day  year).
Interest and fees shall accrue during each period during which  interest or such
fees are computed from the first day thereof to the last day thereof.

          (b) For purposes of determining  utilization of each Bank's Commitment
in order to calculate  the  commitment  fee due under  subsection  2.12(b),  the
amount of any outstanding Offshore Currency Loan on any date shall be determined
based upon the Dollar Equivalent  amount as of the most recent  Computation Date
with respect to such Offshore Currency Loan.

          (c) Each  determination  of an  interest  rate or a Dollar  Equivalent
amount by the Agent  shall be  rebuttably  presumptive  evidence  thereof in the
absence of manifest error.  The Agent will, at the request of the Company or any
Bank,  deliver  to the  Company  or the  Bank,  as the case may be, a  statement
showing the  quotations  used by the Agent in  determining  any interest rate or
Dollar Equivalent amount.

          (d) If any  Reference  Bank's  Commitment  terminates  (other  than on
termination of all the Commitments), or for any reason whatsoever such Reference
Bank ceases to be a Bank hereunder, such Reference Bank shall thereupon cease to
be a Reference  Bank,  and the Offshore Rate shall be determined on the basis of
the rates as notified by the remaining  Reference  Bank(s).  In such event,  the
Company  (with  the  consent  of the  Agent)  may  designate  another  Bank as a
Reference Bank hereunder.

          (e)  Each  Reference  Bank  shall  use its  best  efforts  to  furnish
quotations of rates to the Agent as contemplated hereby. If any of the Reference
Banks  fails to supply  such  rates to the Agent upon its  request,  the rate of
interest  shall be  determined  on the basis of the  quotations of the remaining
Reference Bank(s).

     2.14 Payments by the Company.
          -----------------------

          (a) All  payments  to be made by the  Company  shall  be made  without
set-off,  recoupment or  counterclaim.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided
herein,  all payments by the Company  shall be made to the Agent for the account
of the Banks at the Agent's Payment  Office,  and, with respect to principal of,
interest on, and any other  amounts  relating to, any  Offshore  Currency  Loan,
shall be made in the  Offshore  Currency  in which such Loan is  denominated  or
payable, and, with respect to all other amounts payable hereunder, shall be made
in Dollars.  Such payments shall be made in Same Day Funds,  and (i) in the case
of Offshore  Currency  payments,  no later than such time on the dates specified
herein as may be  determined by the Agent to be necessary for such payment to be
credited on such date in accordance with normal banking  procedures in the place
of payment, and (ii) in the case of any Dollar payments, no later than 12:00 
noon (Chicago time) on the date specified  herein.  The Agent will promptly  


                                     -26-

<PAGE>
distribute to each Bank its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as 
expressly  provided herein) of such principal, interest, fees or other amounts,
in like funds as received. Any payment which is received by the Agent later than
12:00 noon (Chicago  time), or later than the time  specified  by the Agent as 
provided in clause (i) above (in the case of Offshore Currency  payments), shall
be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any applicable
interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

          (b) Subject to the provisions set forth in the definition of "Interest
Period" herein,  whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business Day,
such payment shall be made on the following  Business Day, and such extension of
time shall in such case be included in the  computation  of interest or fees, as
the case may be.

          (c) Unless the Agent  receives  notice from the  Company  prior to the
date on which any  payment  is due to the Banks that the  Company  will not make
such payment in full as and when required, the Agent may assume that the Company
has made  such  payment  in full to the Agent on such date in Same Day Funds and
the Agent may (but shall not be so required),  in reliance upon such assumption,
distribute  to each Bank on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due
such Bank. If and to the extent the Company has not made such payment in full to
the Agent, each Bank shall repay to the Agent on demand such amount  distributed
to such Bank,  together with  interest  thereon at the Federal Funds Rate or, in
the case of a payment in an Offshore Currency,  the Overnight Rate, for each day
from the date such amount is distributed to such Bank until the date repaid.

   2.15   Payments by the Banks to the Agent.
          ----------------------------------

          (a) Unless the Agent  receives  notice  from a Bank on or prior to the
Closing Date or, with respect to any Borrowing  after the Closing Date, at least
one  Business Day prior to the date of such  Borrowing,  that such Bank will not
make  available as and when  required  hereunder to the Agent for the account of
the Company the amount of that Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, the Agent
may assume  that each Bank has made such amount  available  to the Agent in Same
Day  Funds  on the  Borrowing  Date  and the  Agent  may  (but  shall  not be so
required),  in reliance upon such  assumption,  make available to the Company on
such date a corresponding  amount.  If and to the extent any Bank shall not have
made its full amount  available  to the Agent in Same Day Funds and the Agent in
such  circumstances  has made  available to the Company  such amount,  that Bank
shall on the  Business  Day  following  such  Borrowing  Date make  such  amount
available to the Agent,  together with interest at the Federal Funds Rate or, in
the case of any Borrowing  consisting of Offshore  Currency Loans, the Overnight
Rate,  for each day during such period.  A notice of the Agent  submitted to any
Bank with  respect  to amounts  owing  under this  subsection  2.15(a)  shall be
conclusive,  absent manifest  error.  If such amount is so made available,  such
payment to the Agent shall  constitute such Bank's Loan on the date of Borrowing
for all purposes of this Agreement.  If such amount is not made available to the
Agent on the Business Day following the  Borrowing  Date,  the Agent will notify
the Company of such failure to fund and, upon demand by the Agent, the Company 
shall pay such amount to the Agent for the Agent's account, together with 
interest  thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such  Borrowing,  at a
rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans 
comprising such Borrowing.


                                     -27-


<PAGE>

          (b) The  failure  of any Bank to make any Loan on any  Borrowing  Date
shall not relieve any other Bank of any  obligation  hereunder to make a Loan on
such Borrowing  Date,  but no Bank shall be  responsible  for the failure of any
other Bank to make the Loan to be made by such other Bank on any Borrowing Date.

     2.16  Sharing  of  Payments,  Etc.  If,  other than as  expressly  provided
elsewhere  herein,  any Bank shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it any
payment (whether  voluntary,  involuntary,  through the exercise of any right of
set-off,  or  otherwise)  in  excess  of  its  ratable  share  (or  other  share
contemplated  hereunder),  such Bank shall  immediately  (a) notify the Agent of
such fact,  and (b)  purchase  from the other Banks such  participations  in the
Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such  purchasing Bank to share
the excess payment pro rata with each of them; provided, however, that if all or
any portion of such excess  payment is thereafter  recovered from the purchasing
Bank,  such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Bank shall
repay to the purchasing Bank the purchase price paid therefor,  together with an
amount equal to such paying Bank's ratable share (according to the proportion of
(i) the amount of such paying Bank's required repayment to (ii) the total amount
so recovered from the  purchasing  Bank) of any interest or other amount paid or
payable by the purchasing Bank in respect of the total amount so recovered.  The
Company  agrees that any Bank so  purchasing a  participation  from another Bank
may, to the fullest extent permitted by law,  exercise all its rights of payment
(including  the right of set-off,  but subject to Section 11.10) with respect to
such  participation  as fully as if such Bank were the  direct  creditor  of the
Company in the amount of such participation.  The Agent will keep records (which
shall  be  conclusive  and  binding  in  the  absence  of  manifest   error)  of
participations  purchased  under this  Section 2.16 and will in each case notify
the Banks following any such purchases or repayments.


                                   ARTICLE III

                              THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
                              ---------------------

     3.1  The Letter of Credit Subfacility.
          --------------------------------

          (a) On the terms and  conditions set forth herein (i) the Issuing Bank
agrees,  (A) from time to time on any  Business  Day during the period  from the
Closing Date to, but not  including,  the  Revolving  Termination  Date to issue
Letters of Credit  denominated  in Dollars or an Offshore  L/C  Currency for the
account  of the  Company,  and to amend or renew  Letters  of Credit  previously
issued by it, in accordance  with  subsections  3.02(c) and 3.02(d),  and (B) to
honor drafts under the Letters of Credit;  and (ii) the Banks severally agree to
participate in Letters of Credit Issued for the account of the Company;
provided  that the Issuing  Bank shall not be  obligated  to Issue,  and no Bank
shall be obligated to participate  in, any Letter of Credit if as of the date of
Issuance of such  Letter of Credit  (the  "Issuance  Date"):  (A) the  Effective
Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the Effective Amount of all Loans exceeds the
aggregate  Commitments  or (B) the  participation  of any Bank in the  Effective
Amount of all L/C  Obligations  plus the  Effective  Amount of the Loans of such
Bank exceeds such Bank's Commitment. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to
the other terms and conditions  hereof,  the Company's ability to obtain Letters


                                     -28-

<PAGE>

of Credit shall be fully revolving,  and,  accordingly,  the Company may, during
the  foregoing  period,  obtain  Letters of Credit to replace  Letters of Credit
which have expired or which have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

          (b) The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to Issue any Letter
of Credit if:

               (i) any order,  judgment or decree of any Governmental  Authority
     or arbitrator  shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing
     Bank  from  Issuing  such  Letter  of  Credit,  or any  Requirement  of Law
     applicable to the Issuing Bank or any request or directive  (whether or not
     having the force of law) from any Governmental  Authority with jurisdiction
     over the Issuing  Bank shall  prohibit,  or request  that the Issuing  Bank
     refrain from, the Issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of
     Credit in  particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect to
     such Letter of Credit any restriction,  reserve or capital requirement (for
     which the  Issuing  Bank is not  otherwise  compensated  hereunder)  not in
     effect on the Closing  Date,  or shall  impose  upon the  Issuing  Bank any
     unreimbursed  loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing
     Date and which the Issuing Bank in good faith deems  material to it and for
     which the Issuing Bank is not compensated hereunder.

               (ii) the Issuing Bank has received  written notice from any Bank,
     the  Agent or the  Company,  on or prior to the  Business  Day prior to the
     requested  date of Issuance  of such Letter of Credit,  that one or more of
     the applicable conditions contained in Article V is not then satisfied;

               (iii) the expiry  date of any  requested  Letter of Credit is (A)
     more than 360 days after the date of Issuance,  unless the  Required  Banks
     and the Issuing  Bank have  approved  such  expiry date in writing,  or (B)
     after five Business Days prior to the scheduled Revolving Termination Date,
     unless all of the Banks have approved such expiry date in writing;

               (iv) any requested  Letter of Credit is not in a form  reasonably
     acceptable to the Issuing Bank, or the Issuance of a Letter of Credit shall
     violate any applicable policies of the Issuing Bank; or

               (v) any standby Letter of Credit is for the purpose of supporting
     the issuance of any letter of credit by any other Person.

     3.2   Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit.
           ----------------------------------------------------

          (a) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued upon the irrevocable written
request of the Company  received  by the  Issuing  Bank (with a copy sent by the
Company to the Agent) at least two  Business  Days (or such  shorter time as the
Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to
the  proposed  date of  issuance.  Each such request for issuance of a Letter of
Credit shall be by facsimile or electronic  transmission,  confirmed immediately
in an original writing, in the form of an L/C Application,  and shall specify in
form and detail  satisfactory  to the Issuing  Bank:  (i) the  proposed  date of
issuance of the Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day);  (ii) the face
amount of the Letter of Credit;  (iii) the expiry  date of the Letter of Credit;
(iv) the name and address of the  beneficiary  thereof;  (v) the documents to be


                                     -29-

<PAGE>
presented  by the  beneficiary  of the  Letter of Credit in case of any  drawing
thereunder;  (vi)  the  full  text of any  certificate  to be  presented  by the
beneficiary in case of any drawing  thereunder;  (vii) the currency (which shall
be Dollars or an Offshore  L/C  Currency) in which the Letter of Credit is to be
denominated;  and (viii) such other  matters as the Issuing Bank may  reasonably
require.

          (b) If the Agent is not the Issuing Bank, by 12:00 noon (Chicago time)
on the Business Day next preceding the requested date of issuance of a Letter of
Credit,  the  Issuing  Bank will  confirm  with the Agent  (by  telephone  or in
writing)  that the  Agent  has  received  a copy of the L/C  Application  or L/C
Amendment  Application  from the  Company  and, if not,  the  Issuing  Bank will
provide  the Agent with a copy  thereof.  Unless the Issuing  Bank has  received
notice on or before the Business Day immediately  preceding the date the Issuing
Bank is to issue a requested  Letter of Credit from the Agent (i)  directing the
Issuing  Bank not to issue such Letter of Credit  because  such  issuance is not
then permitted under  subsection  3.01(a)(ii) as a result of the limitations set
forth in clauses (A) and (B) thereof or subsection 3.01(b)(ii); or (ii) that one
or more conditions specified in Article V are not then satisfied;  then, subject
to the terms and  conditions  hereof,  the Issuing Bank shall,  on the requested
date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Company in accordance with
the Issuing Bank's usual and customary business practices.

          (c) From time to time  while a Letter of  Credit  is  outstanding  and
prior to the Revolving Termination Date, the Issuing Bank will, upon the written
request of the Company  received  by the  Issuing  Bank (with a copy sent by the
Company to the Agent) at least two  Business  Days (or such  shorter time as the
Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to
the proposed  date of  amendment,  amend any Letter of Credit issued by it. Each
such request for  amendment  of a Letter of Credit  shall be made by  facsimile,
confirmed  immediately  in an  original  writing,  made  in the  form  of an L/C
Amendment  Application and shall specify in form and detail  satisfactory to the
Issuing Bank: (i) the Letter of Credit to be amended;  (ii) the proposed date of
amendment  of the Letter of Credit  (which shall be a Business  Day);  (iii) the
nature of the  proposed  amendment;  and (iv) such other  matters as the Issuing
Bank may  reasonably  require.  The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to
amend any Letter of Credit if: (A) the Issuing Bank would have no  obligation at
such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms of
this  Agreement;  or (B) the  beneficiary  of any such Letter of Credit does not
accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.

          (d) The  Issuing  Bank and the  Banks  agree  that,  while a Letter of
Credit is outstanding and prior to the Revolving Termination Date, at the option
of the  Company  and upon the  written  request of the  Company  received by the
Issuing  Bank  (with a copy  sent by the  Company  to the  Agent)  at least  two
Business  Days  (or  such  shorter  time as the  Issuing  Bank  may  agree  in a
particular  instance  in its  sole  discretion)  prior to the  proposed  date of
notification  of renewal,  the Issuing Bank shall be entitled to  authorize  the
automatic  renewal  of any  Letter of Credit  issued  by it;  provided  that the
Issuing Bank shall not be entitled to authorize  such  automatic  renewal if, at
least one Business Day prior to the proposed date of notification of renewal, it
shall have received  notice from the Agent (i) directing the Issuing Bank not to
renew such Letter of Credit  because  such renewal is not then  permitted  under
subsection  3.01(a)(ii) as a result of the  limitations set forth in clauses (A)
and (B) thereof or subsection  3.01(b)(ii);  or (ii) that one or more conditions


                                     -30-

<PAGE>
specified in Article V are not then satisfied.  Each such request for renewal of
a Letter of  Credit  shall be made by  facsimile,  confirmed  immediately  in an
original writing, in the form of an L/C Amendment Application, and shall specify
in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank: (i) the Letter of Credit to
be renewed;  (ii) the proposed date of  notification of renewal of the Letter of
Credit  (which shall be a Business  Day);  (iii) the revised  expiry date of the
Letter of Credit;  and (iv) such other  matters as the Issuing Bank may require.
The Issuing  Bank shall be under no  obligation  to renew,  and no Bank shall be
obligated to participate in, any Letter of Credit if: (A) the Issuing Bank would
have no  obligation  at such  time to  issue  or  amend,  and no Bank  would  be
obligated to participate in, such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the
terms of this  Agreement;  or (B) the  beneficiary  of any such Letter of Credit
does not accept the proposed renewal of the Letter of Credit. If any outstanding
Letter of Credit shall provide that it shall be automatically renewed unless the
beneficiary  thereof  receives  notice from the Issuing Bank that such Letter of
Credit  shall not be renewed,  and if at the time of renewal  the  Issuing  Bank
would be required to authorize the automatic renewal of such Letter of Credit in
accordance with this subsection  3.02(d) upon the request of the Company but the
Issuing Bank shall not have  received  any L/C  Amendment  Application  from the
Company with respect to such renewal or other  written  direction by the Company
with respect thereto,  the Issuing Bank shall  nonetheless  renew such Letter of
Credit,  and the Company  and the Banks  hereby  authorize  such  renewal,  and,
accordingly,  the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have received an L/C Amendment
Application from the Company requesting such renewal.

          (e) The Issuing Bank may, at its election (or as required by the Agent
at the direction of the Required  Banks),  deliver any notices of termination or
other communications to any Letter of Credit beneficiary or transferee, and take
any other action as necessary or appropriate, at any time and from time to time,
in order to cause  the  expiry  date of such  Letter  of Credit to be a date not
later than the scheduled Revolving Termination Date.

          (f) This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with any
L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit). In addition,  unless the
Company and the Issuing Bank shall  otherwise  expressly  agree in writing,  any
purported  grant of a Lien (or any  requirement  to do so)  contained in any L/C
Related Document shall be ineffective and null and void.

          (g) The Issuing Bank will also deliver to the Agent,  concurrently  or
promptly  following  its  delivery  of a Letter of Credit,  or  amendment  to or
renewal of a Letter of Credit, to an advising bank or a beneficiary,  a true and
complete  copy of each such  Letter of Credit or  amendment  to or  renewal of a
Letter of Credit.

          (h) Within five Business  Days after the end of each month,  the Agent
will send to each Bank a statement  reflecting the outstanding Letters of Credit
as of the end of such month.

     3.3  Risk Participations, Drawings and Reimbursements.
          ------------------------------------------------

          (a) Immediately upon the Issuance of each Letter of Credit,  each Bank
shall be deemed  to,  and  hereby  irrevocably  and  unconditionally  agrees to,
purchase from the Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit and each
drawing  thereunder  in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Pro Rata Share


                                     -31-

<PAGE>

of such Bank,  times (ii) the maximum  amount  available  to be drawn under such
Letter of Credit and the amount of such drawing,  respectively.  For purposes of
Section 2.01, each Issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to utilize the
Commitment  of each Bank by an amount equal to the amount of such  participation
for so long as any related L/C Obligations shall be outstanding.

          (b) In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter of Credit
by the beneficiary or transferee thereof,  the Issuing Bank will promptly notify
the Company and the Agent. Provided that it shall have received such notice, the
Company shall  reimburse the Issuing Bank prior to 12:00 noon (Chicago  time) on
each date that any amount is paid by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit
(each such date,  an "Honor  Date") in an amount  equal to the amount so paid by
the Issuing Bank;  provided  that, if such Letter of Credit is denominated in an
Offshore  L/C  Currency,  the Company  shall pay to the Issuing  Bank the Dollar
Equivalent  of the amount of such Offshore L/C Currency paid by the Issuing Bank
under such Letter of Credit.  In the event the Company  fails to  reimburse  the
Issuing  Bank for the full amount of any  drawing  under any Letter of Credit by
12:00 noon  (Chicago  time) on the Honor Date,  the Issuing  Bank will  promptly
notify the Agent and the Agent will promptly  notify each Bank thereof,  and the
Company  shall be deemed to have  requested  that Base Rate Loans be made by the
Banks to be disbursed on the Honor Date under such Letter of Credit,  subject to
the  amount of the  unutilized  portion  of the  Commitment  and  subject to the
conditions  set forth in Section  5.02 other than any notice  requirements.  Any
notice  given by the  Issuing  Bank or the  Agent  pursuant  to this  subsection
3.03(b)  may  be  oral  if  immediately   confirmed  in  writing  (including  by
facsimile);  provided that the lack of such an immediate  confirmation shall not
affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

          (c) Each Bank shall upon any notice  pursuant  to  subsection  3.03(b)
make  available  to the Agent for the account of the  relevant  Issuing  Bank an
amount in Dollars and in immediately available funds equal to its Pro Rata Share
of  the  amount  of  the  Dollar  Equivalent  of  the  drawing,   whereupon  the
participating Banks shall (subject to subsection 3.03(d)) each be deemed to have
made a Loan consisting of a Base Rate Loan to the Company in that amount. If any
Bank so  notified  fails to make  available  to the Agent for the account of the
Issuing Bank the amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of such amount by no later
than 2:00 p.m.  (Chicago time) on the Honor Date,  then interest shall accrue on
such Bank's  obligation  to make such  payment,  from the Honor Date to the date
such Bank makes such  payment,  at a rate per annum equal to the  Federal  Funds
Rate in effect  from time to time during such  period.  The Agent will  promptly
give notice of the  occurrence  of the Honor  Date,  but failure of the Agent to
give any such notice on the Honor Date or in sufficient  time to enable any Bank
to effect  such  payment  on such  date  shall  not  relieve  such Bank from its
obligations under this Section 3.03.

          (d) With respect to any  unreimbursed  drawing  that is not  converted
into Loans  consisting  of Base Rate Loans to the Company in whole or in part as
contemplated by subsection 3.03(b),  because of the Company's failure to satisfy
the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 other than any notice  requirements  or
for any other  reason,  the Company  shall be deemed to have  incurred  from the
Issuing Bank an L/C Borrowing in the amount of such drawing, which L/C Borrowing
shall be due and  payable  on demand  (together  with  interest)  and shall bear
interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate,  and each Bank's payment to
the Issuing  Bank  pursuant to  subsection  3.03(c)  shall be deemed  payment in


                                     -32-

<PAGE>
respect of its  participation  in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C
Advance from such Bank in satisfaction  of its  participation  obligation  under
this Section 3.03.

          (e) Each Bank's  obligation in accordance  with this Agreement to make
the Loans or L/C Advances,  as contemplated by this Section 3.03, as a result of
a drawing  under a Letter of Credit,  shall be absolute  and  unconditional  and
without  recourse  to  the  Issuing  Bank  and  shall  not  be  affected  by any
circumstance,  including (i) any set-off,  counterclaim,  recoupment, defense or
other right which such Bank may have  against the Issuing  Bank,  the Company or
any other Person for any reason  whatsoever;  (ii) the occurrence or continuance
of a Default,  an Event of Default or a Material  Adverse  Effect;  or (iii) any
other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any
of the foregoing;  provided,  however, that each Bank's obligation to make Loans
under this Section 3.03 is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02.

     3.4  Repayment of Participations.
          ---------------------------

          (a) Upon (and only upon)  receipt by the Agent for the  account of the
Issuing  Bank  of   immediately   available   funds  from  the  Company  (i)  in
reimbursement of any payment made by the Issuing Bank under the Letter of Credit
with respect to which any Bank has paid the Agent for the account of the Issuing
Bank for such Bank's  participation  in the Letter of Credit pursuant to Section
3.03 or (ii) in payment of interest thereon, the Agent will pay to each Bank, in
the same funds as those received by the Agent for the account of the  Issuing  
Bank, the amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of such funds,  and the Issuing 
Bank shall  receive the amount of the Pro Rata Share of such  funds of any Bank
that did not so pay the Agent  for the  account  of the Issuing Bank.

          (b) If the Agent or the Issuing Bank is required at any time to return
to  the  Company,  or to a  trustee,  receiver,  liquidator,  custodian,  or any
official in any Insolvency  Proceeding,  any portion of the payments made by the
Company to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank  pursuant to subsection
3.04(a)  in  reimbursement  of a  payment  made  under  the  Letter of Credit or
interest  or fee  thereon,  each Bank shall,  on demand of the Agent,  forthwith
return to the Agent or the Issuing  Bank the amount of its Pro Rata Share of any
amounts so returned by the Agent or the Issuing Bank plus interest  thereon from
the date such demand is made to the date such  amounts are returned by such Bank
to the Agent or the Issuing Bank, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds
Rate in effect from time to time.

     3.5  Role of the Issuing Bank.
          ------------------------

          (a) Each Bank and the Company  agree that, in paying any drawing under
a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall not have any responsibility to obtain
any document (other than any sight draft and certificates  expressly required by
the Letter of  Credit) or to  ascertain  or  inquire as to the  validity  or the
authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.

          (b) No Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective  correspondents,
participants  or  assignees of the Issuing Bank shall be liable to any Bank for:
(i) any action  taken or omitted in  connection  herewith at the request or with
the approval of the Banks  (including the Required Banks,  as applicable);  (ii)


                                     -33-

<PAGE>

any  action  taken or  omitted in the  absence  of gross  negligence  or willful
misconduct;   or  (iii)   the  due   execution,   effectiveness,   validity   or
enforceability of any L/C-Related Document.

          (c) The Company  hereby  assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of
any  beneficiary or transferee  with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit;
provided,  however,  that this  assumption  is not  intended  to, and shall not,
preclude the Company's  pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against
the  beneficiary  or transferee at law or under any other  agreement.  No Agent-
Related  Person,  nor  any of the  respective  correspondents,  participants  or
assignees of the Issuing  Bank,  shall be liable or  responsible  for any of the
matters described in clauses (a) through (g) of Section 3.06; provided, however,
anything in such clauses to the contrary  notwithstanding,  that the Company may
have a claim against the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank may be liable to the
Company,  to the extent,  but only to the extent,  of any direct,  as opposed to
consequential  or exemplary,  damages  suffered by the Company which the Company
proves were caused by the Issuing Bank's willful  misconduct or gross negligence
or the  Issuing  Bank's  wrongful  dishonor  of any  Letter of Credit  after the
presentation  to it by the  beneficiary  of a  sight  draft  and  certificate(s)
strictly  complying with the terms and  conditions of such Letter of Credit.  In
furtherance  and not in  limitation of the  foregoing:  (i) the Issuing Bank may
accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without 
responsibility for further investigation; and (ii) the Issuing Bank shall not be
responsible  for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or 
assigning or purporting to transfer or assign such Letter of Credit or the 
rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which  
may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

     3.6  Obligations  Absolute.  The  obligations  of the  Company  under  this
Agreement  and any  L/C-Related  Document to  reimburse  the Issuing  Bank for a
drawing under a Letter of Credit, and to repay any L/C Borrowing and any drawing
under a Letter  of Credit  converted  into  Loans,  shall be  unconditional  and
irrevocable,  and shall be paid  strictly in  accordance  with the terms of this
Agreement  and each such other  L/C-Related  Document  under all  circumstances,
including the following:

          (a)  any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any
L/C-Related Document;

          (b) any change in the time,  manner or place of payment  of, or in any
other term of, all or any of the  obligations  of the  Company in respect of any
Letter of Credit or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure
from all or any of the L/C-Related Documents;

          (c) the existence of any claim,  set-off,  defense or other right that
the Company may have at any time against any  beneficiary  or any  transferee of
any Letter of Credit (or any  Person for whom any such  beneficiary  or any such
transferee  may be acting),  the Issuing  Bank or any other  Person,  whether in
connection with this Agreement,  the transactions  contemplated hereby or by the
L/C-Related Documents or any unrelated transaction;

          (d) any draft,  demand,  certificate or other document presented under
any Letter of Credit proving to be forged,  fraudulent,  invalid or insufficient
in any  respect or any  statement  therein  being  untrue or  inaccurate  in any
respect;  or any loss or delay in the  transmission or otherwise of any document
required in order to make a drawing under any Letter of Credit;
 
                                     -34-
<PAGE>

          (e) any payment by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against
presentation  of a draft or certificate  that does not strictly  comply with the
terms of any Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the Issuing Bank under any
Letter  of Credit  to any  Person  purporting  to be a  trustee  in  bankruptcy,
debtor-in-possession,   assignee  for  the  benefit  of  creditors,  liquidator,
receiver or other  representative  of or  successor  to any  beneficiary  or any
transferee of any Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any
Insolvency Proceeding;

          (f) any exchange,  release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any
release  or  amendment  or  waiver of or  consent  to  departure  from any other
guarantee,  for all or any of the  obligations  of the Company in respect of any
Letter of Credit; or

          (g) any other  circumstance  or happening  whatsoever,  whether or not
similar to any of the  foregoing,  including any other  circumstance  that might
otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Company or a
guarantor.

     3.7  Letter of Credit Fees.
          ---------------------

          (a) The Company  shall pay to the Agent for the account of each of the
Banks a letter of credit fee with  respect to the Letters of Credit equal to the
Applicable  Margin times the average daily maximum amount  available to be drawn
on the outstanding  Letters of Credit,  computed on a quarterly basis in arrears
on the last Business Day of each  calendar  quarter based upon Letters of Credit
outstanding  for that quarter as calculated by the Agent.  Such letter of credit
fees shall be due and payable  quarterly in arrears on the last  Business Day of
each calendar quarter during which Letters of Credit are outstanding, commencing
on the first such  quarterly  date to occur after the Closing Date,  through the
Revolving  Termination  Date (or such  later  date upon  which  the  outstanding
Letters  of  Credit  shall  expire),  with the final  payment  to be made on the
Revolving Termination Date (or such later expiration date).

          (b) The  Company  shall  pay to the  Issuing  Bank a letter  of credit
fronting  fee for each Letter of Credit  Issued by the Issuing Bank in an amount
agreed to by the Company and the Issuing  Bank.  Such Letter of Credit  fronting
fee shall be due and  payable on each date of  Issuance of a Letter of Credit or
at such other time as may be agreed  upon  between  the  Company and the Issuing
Bank.

          (c) The  Company  shall pay to the  Issuing  Bank from time to time on
demand the normal issuance,  presentation,  amendment and other processing fees,
and other standard costs and charges, of the Issuing Bank relating to letters of
credit as from time to time in effect.

     3.8 Uniform  Customs and  Practice.  The Uniform  Customs and  Practice for
Documentary  Credits as published by the International  Chamber of Commerce most
recently at the time of issuance of any Letter of Credit shall (unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Letters of Credit) apply to the Letters of Credit.




                                     -35-


<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
                     --------------------------------------

     4.1  Taxes.

          (a) Any and all  payments  by the  Company  to each  Bank or the Agent
under this  Agreement and any other Loan  Document  shall be made free and clear
of, and without  deduction  or  withholding  for, any Taxes.  In  addition,  the
Company shall pay all Other Taxes.

          (b) If the Company  shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any
Taxes,  Other  Taxes or Further  Taxes  from or in  respect  of any sum  payable
hereunder to any Bank or the Agent, then:

               (i) the sum payable  shall be  increased  as  necessary  so that,
     after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions
     and  withholdings  applicable to additional sums payable under this Section
     4.01),  such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, receives and retains an
     amount  equal to the sum it would have  received  and  retained had no such
     deductions or withholdings been made;

               (ii)   the Company shall make such deductions and withholdings;

               (iii) the Company shall pay the full amount  deducted or withheld
     to the relevant  taxing  authority or other  authority in  accordance  with
     applicable law; and

               (iv) the Company shall also pay to each Bank or the Agent for the
     account of such Bank,  at the time  interest is paid,  Further Taxes in the
     amount that the  respective  Bank  specifies  as  necessary to preserve the
     after-tax yield the Bank would have received if such Taxes,  Other Taxes or
     Further Taxes had not been imposed.

          (c) The Company  agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless each Bank and
the Agent for the full amount of (i) Taxes,  (ii) Other Taxes, and (iii) Further
Taxes in the amount that the respective  Bank specifies as necessary to preserve
the after-tax  yield the Bank would have received if such Taxes,  Other Taxes or
Further Taxes had not been  imposed,  and any  liability  (including  penalties,
interest,  additions  to tax and  expenses)  arising  therefrom  or with respect
thereto,  whether or not such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes were correctly
or legally asserted.  Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 30
days after the date the Bank or the Agent makes written demand therefor.

          (d)  Within 30 days after the date of any  payment  by the  Company of
Taxes,  Other Taxes or Further Taxes,  the Company shall furnish to each Bank or
the Agent the  original  or a  certified  copy of a receipt  evidencing  payment
thereof, or other evidence of payment satisfactory to such Bank or the Agent.

          (e) If the  Company is  required  to pay any amount to any Bank or the
Agent  pursuant to subsection  (b) or (c) of this Section  4.01,  then such Bank
shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions)
to change the  jurisdiction  of its Lending  Office so as to eliminate  any such
additional payment by the Company which may thereafter accrue, if such change in
the sole judgment of such Bank is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.

                                     -36- 

<PAGE>

          (f)  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  this
Agreement,  in no event  shall the  Company be either (i)  obligated  to pay any
amount  to any  Bank or the  Agent  pursuant  to  subsection  (b) or (c) of this
Section 4.01 or (ii) prohibited from deducting or withholding for any applicable
Taxes  pursuant to  subsection  (a) of this Section  4.01,  if the Bank or Agent
fails to deliver  forms to the Company in  accordance  with  Section  10.10 on a
timely  basis,  unless such failure  would not have occurred but for a change in
law or  regulation  or in the  interpretation  thereof  by any  governmental  or
regulatory  agency or body charged  with the  administration  or  interpretation
thereof,  or the introduction of any law or regulation,  that occurs on or after
the date hereof.

     4.2  Illegality.
          ----------

          (a) If any Bank determines that the introduction of any Requirement of
Law,  or any  change in any  Requirement  of Law,  or in the  interpretation  or
administration  of any  Requirement  of Law, has made it  unlawful,  or that any
central bank or other  Governmental  Authority has asserted that it is unlawful,
for any Bank or its  applicable  Lending  Office  to make  Offshore  Rate  Loans
(including  Offshore  Rate Loans in any  Applicable  Currency),  then, on notice
thereof by the Bank to the Company  through the Agent,  any  obligation  of that
Bank to make Offshore Rate Loans shall be suspended  until the Bank notifies the
Agent and the Company that the circumstances  giving rise to such  determination
no longer exist.

          (b) If a Bank  determines that it is unlawful to maintain any Offshore
Rate Loan, the Company shall, upon its receipt of notice of such fact and demand
from such Bank (with a copy to the  Agent),  prepay in full such  Offshore  Rate
Loans of that Bank then outstanding,  together with interest accrued thereon and
amounts  required  under  Section  4.04,  either on the last day of the Interest
Period thereof, if the Bank may lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore Rate
Loans to such day,  or  immediately,  if the Bank may not  lawfully  continue to
maintain  such  Offshore  Rate Loan. If the Company is required to so prepay any
Offshore Rate Loan, then  concurrently  with such prepayment,  the Company shall
(without  regard to whether the  conditions  specified in Section 5.02 have been
satisfied)  borrow from the affected  Bank, in the amount of such  repayment,  a
Base Rate Loan.

          (c) Before giving any notice to the Agent under this Section 4.02, the
affected  Bank shall  designate a different  Lending  Office with respect to its
Offshore  Rate Loans if such  designation  will  avoid the need for giving  such
notice or making  such  demand and will not,  in the  judgment  of the Bank,  be
illegal or otherwise disadvantageous to the Bank.

     4.3  Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.
          ---------------------------------------

          (a) If any Bank determines that, due to either (i) the introduction of
or any change  (other  than any change by way of  imposition  of or  increase in
reserve  requirements  included in the  calculation of the Offshore Rate) in the
interpretation of any law or regulation after the date of this Agreement or (ii)
the compliance by that Bank with any


                                     -37-


<PAGE>

guideline  or request  from any  central  bank or other  Governmental  Authority
(whether or not having the force of law) after the date of this Agreement, there
shall be any  increase  in the cost to such Bank of  agreeing to make or making,
funding or maintaining  any Offshore Rate Loans or  participating  in Letters of
Credit,  or, in the case of the Issuing  Bank,  any  increase in the cost to the
Issuing Bank of agreeing to issue,  issuing or maintaining  any Letter of Credit
or of  agreeing to make or making,  funding or  maintaining  any unpaid  drawing
under any Letter of Credit, then the Company shall be liable for, and shall from
time to time,  upon demand (with a copy of such demand to be sent to the Agent),
pay to the  Agent  for the  account  of such  Bank,  additional  amounts  as are
sufficient to compensate such Bank for such increased costs.

          (b) If any Bank shall have determined that (i) the introduction of any
Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy Regulation,
(iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of any Capital Adequacy
Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental  Authority charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by the Bank (or its
Lending  Office)  or any  corporation  controlling  the Bank  with  any  Capital
Adequacy Regulation,  in any such case, after the date of this Agreement affects
or would affect the amount of capital  required or expected to be  maintained by
the Bank or any corporation  controlling the Bank and (taking into consideration
such Bank's or such corporation's  policies with respect to capital adequacy and
such  Bank's  desired  return on  capital)  determines  that the  amount of such
capital is increased  as a  consequence  of its  Commitment,  loans,  credits or
obligations under this Agreement,  then, upon demand of such Bank to the Company
through  the  Agent,  the  Company  shall pay to the Bank,  from time to time as
specified by the Bank,  additional amounts sufficient to compensate the Bank for
such increase.

     4.4 Funding  Losses.  The Company shall  reimburse  each Bank and hold each
Bank  harmless from any loss or expense which the Bank may sustain or incur as a
consequence of:

          (a)  the failure of the Company to make on a timely basis any payment
of principal of any Offshore Rate Loan;

          (b) the failure of the  Company to borrow,  continue or convert a Loan
after the Company  has given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice of  Borrowing
or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation except as set forth in subsection 2.05(b)
or (c);

          (c)  the failure of the Company to make any prepayment in accordance
with any notice delivered under Section 2.07;

          (d) the  prepayment  (including  pursuant to Section  2.07 or 2.08) or
other payment (including after acceleration thereof) of an Offshore Rate Loan on
a day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest Period; or

          (e) the automatic  conversion  under Section 2.04 of any Offshore Rate
Loan to a Base  Rate  Loan on a day  that is not the  last  day of the  relevant
Interest Period;

including any such loss or expense  arising from the liquidation or reemployment
of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate Loans or from fees payable


                                     -38-

<PAGE>

to terminate  the deposits  from which such funds were  obtained or from charges
relating to any Offshore  Currency  Loans.  For purposes of calculating  amounts
payable by the Company to the Banks under this Section 4.04 and under subsection
4.03(a),  each  Offshore  Rate Loan made by a Bank  (and each  related  reserve,
special deposit or similar  requirement)  shall be  conclusively  deemed to have
been funded at the LIBOR used in determining the Offshore Rate for such Offshore
Rate Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the interbank market for a
comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Offshore Rate
Loan is in fact so funded.

     4.5 Inability to Determine  Rates.  If any two of the three Reference Banks
determine  that for any reason  adequate and  reasonable  means do not exist for
determining the Offshore Rate for any requested  Interest Period with respect to
a proposed Offshore Rate Loan, or the Required Banks determine that the Offshore
Rate applicable pursuant to subsection 2.11(a) for any requested Interest Period
with respect to a proposed  Offshore  Rate Loan does not  adequately  and fairly
reflect the cost to the Banks of funding such Loan,  the Agent will  promptly so
notify the Company and each Bank.  Thereafter,  the  obligation  of the Banks to
make or maintain  Offshore  Rate Loans  hereunder  shall be suspended  until the
Agent upon the instruction of the Required Banks revokes such notice in writing.
Upon receipt of such  notice,  the Company may revoke any Notice of Borrowing or
Notice of Conversion/Continuation  then submitted by it. If the Company does not
revoke such  Notice,  the Banks shall make,  convert or continue  the Loans,  as
proposed  by the  Company,  in the amount  specified  in the  applicable  notice
submitted by the Company,  but such Loans shall be made,  converted or continued
as Base Rate Loans instead of Offshore  Rate Loans.  In the case of any Offshore
Currency Loans,  the Borrowing or continuation  shall be in an aggregate  amount
equal to the Dollar Equivalent amount of the originally  requested  Borrowing or
continuation in the Offshore Currency,  and to that end any outstanding Offshore
Currency Loans which are the subject of any continuation  shall be redenominated
and  converted  into Base Rate Loans in Dollars with effect from the last day of
the Interest Period with respect to any such Offshore Currency Loans.

     4.6 Reserves on Offshore Rate Loans. The Company shall pay to each Bank, in
respect of any Offshore  Currency  Loans,  additional  costs  arising  under any
applicable  regulations  of the  central  bank or  other  relevant  Governmental
Authority in the country in which the Offshore  Currency of such  Offshore  Rate
Loan circulates on the unpaid  principal amount of each Offshore Rate Loan equal
to the  actual  costs of such  reserves  allocated  to such Loan by the Bank (as
determined by the Bank in good faith, which  determination shall be conclusive),
payable on each date on which  interest  is payable on such Loan,  provided  the
Company shall have received at least 15 days' prior written  notice (with a copy
to the Agent) of such additional interest from the Bank. If a Bank fails to give
notice 15 days prior to the relevant  Interest Payment Date, such additional  
interest shall be payable 15 days from receipt of such notice.

     4.7  Certificates  of Banks.  Any Bank or any Bank's  participant  claiming
reimbursement or compensation under this Article IV shall deliver to the Company
(with a copy to the Agent) a certificate  setting forth in reasonable detail the
amount  payable to the Bank hereunder and such  certificate  shall be conclusive
and binding on the Company in the  absence of  manifest  error.  Notwithstanding
anything  to the  contrary  contained  in this  Agreement,  no amounts  shall be
payable by the Company  pursuant to Section  4.03,  4.04 or 4.06 with respect to
any period  commencing more than 180 days before the delivery of the certificate


                                     -39-

<PAGE>
contemplated by this Section 4.07 unless such amounts are claimed as a result of
the  retroactive  effect of any newly enacted or adopted law, rule or regulation
and such  certificate  is  delivered  within 180 days after  such  enactment  or
adoption.

     4.8 Survival. The agreements and obligations of the Company in this Article
IV shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.

     4.9  Replacement of Certain Banks.


          (a)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement,  the
Company,  at any time after any Bank or any Bank's participant has (i) delivered
a  certificate  pursuant to Section 4.07 or notified the Agent that it is unable
to extend or maintain  any  Offshore  Rate Loans  (including  Offshore  Currency
Loans) or (ii)  failed to fund a Loan at any time that such Bank shall have been
committed  to make such Loan or in the event such Bank may be replaced  pursuant
to the  provisions  of  subsection  11.08(e) (in any such case,  a  "Certificate
Bank"),  shall have the right to replace the Certificate Bank in accordance with
this Section 4.09.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in no event may the Company
replace the  Certificate  Bank  pursuant to this  Section  4.09 if (i) the Agent
shall have received notice from the Required Banks  specifying that a Default or
an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing  and (ii) such Default
or Event of Default shall not have been subsequently cured or waived.

          (b) The Company,  in exercising  its right to replace the  Certificate
Bank,  shall (i) reduce the  Commitment  of such Bank to zero and (ii) (A) agree
with one or more Banks to  concurrently  increase the respective  Commitments of
such Bank or Banks by an  aggregate  amount  not in excess of the  amount of the
Commitment of the  Certificate  Bank prior to the exercise of this Section 4.09,
in full  substitution  of the  Certificate  Bank, (B) add one or more additional
Eligible Assignees as signatories to this Agreement for Commitments equal to the
amount of the Commitment of the Certificate Bank prior to the Company's exercise
of this Section 4.09, in full  substitution of the  Certificate  Bank or (C) any
combination of increases in Commitments pursuant to (A) above and additional new
lenders  pursuant to (B) above, so long as the aggregate sum of the increases in
Commitments plus the additional Commitments of the additional lenders equals the
amount of the Commitment of the  Certificate  Bank prior to the exercise of this
Section 4.09 and no new lender has a Commitment of less than $5,000,000. Any new
lender becoming a signatory to this Agreement shall,  without further action, be
considered a Bank for all purposes of this Agreement at the time of execution of
an appropriate Assignment and Acceptance.

          (c) The Company shall have the right to select any additional Eligible
Assignee or Eligible  Assignees to become signatories to this Agreement pursuant
to subsection 4.09(b) above,  subject to the consent of the Agent, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          (d) The Company  shall give the Agent and any  Certificate  Bank being
replaced not less than five Business  Days' notice of the date (which shall be a
Business Day) on which such Certificate Bank shall be replaced.

          (e) Each Bank or additional  lender which replaces a Certificate  Bank
pursuant  to this  Section  4.09 shall  acquire all (or if more than one Bank or
lender is replacing a Certificate  Bank the aggregate  shall  severally  acquire
all) of the then outstanding Loans and L/C Obligations of the Certificate Bank.

                                     -40-

<PAGE>

          (f) At the time of replacement,  the Certificate  Bank shall have been
paid in full the  principal  of, and interest  accrued and unpaid to the date of
replacement on, all outstanding  Loans and  unreimbursed  L/C Obligations of the
Certificate  Bank,  and all accrued and unpaid to the date of  replacement  fees
owing to the Certificate Bank.

          (g) After a  Certificate  Bank is replaced  pursuant  to this  Section
4.09,  it shall have no further  rights  (other than  rights  which by the terms
hereof survive the  termination  hereof) or obligations  hereunder (and shall no
longer be a "Bank" for purposes  hereof);  provided that a replaced  Certificate
Bank shall retain its rights and obligations as a Bank hereunder with respect to
the period  before it was so  replaced  (except to the extent that it shall have
assigned or otherwise transferred such rights).


                                    ARTICLE V

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
                              --------------------

     5.1 Conditions of Initial Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Bank to
make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to the condition that the
Agent shall have received on or before the date of the initial Credit  Extension
all of the following, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent
and each Bank, and in sufficient copies for each Bank:

          (a) Credit Agreement and Notes. This Agreement and the Notes executed
by each party thereto;

          (b)  Resolutions; Incumbency.

               (i) copies of the  resolutions  of the board of  directors of the
     Company  and  each  Guarantor  authorizing  the  transactions  contemplated
     hereby, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company
     and such Guarantor; and

              (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of the
     Company and each Guarantor  certifying the names and true signatures of the
     officers of the Company and such Guarantor  authorized to execute,  deliver
     and perform, as applicable,  this Agreement and all other Loan Documents to
     be delivered by such Person hereunder;

          (c) Organization Documents; Good Standing. Each of the following
documents:

               (i) the articles or certificate of  incorporation  and the bylaws
     of the  Company  and  each  Guarantor  as in  effect  on the  date  hereof,
     certified by the  Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of the Company and such
     Guarantor as of such date; and

              (ii)  a  good  standing  certificate  for  the  Company  from  the
     Secretary of State (or similar,  applicable  Governmental Authority) of the
     states of  Missouri,  its state of  incorporation,  and Kansas and for each
     Guarantor from the Secretary of State (or similar,  applicable Governmental


                                     -41-

<PAGE>

     Authority) of its state of incorporation as of a recent date, together with
     bring-down certificates by facsimile, dated the date hereof;;

          (d)  Legal  Opinions.  An  opinion  of each of (i)  Latham &  Watkins,
counsel to the Company and the Guarantors,  substantially in the form of Exhibit
D-1, and (ii) Louis J. Garr, Jr.,  general counsel of The May Department  Stores
Company,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit D-2,  addressed to the Agent and
the Banks;

          (e) Payment of Fees.  Evidence of payment by the Company of all
accrued and unpaid fees to the extent then due and payable on the Closing Date;

          (f) Certificate.  A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer on
behalf of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, stating that:

               (i)  the representations and warranties contained in Article VI
     are true and correct on and as of such date, as though made on and as of
     such date;

               (ii)  no Default or Event of Default exists or would result from
     the initial Credit Extension;

               (iii) there has  occurred  since  February  3, 1996,  no event or
     circumstance that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in
     a Material Adverse Effect; and

               (iv)  as of February 3, 1996, the Present Value of Operating
     Leases was $885,500,000;

          (g)  Subsidiary Guaranty.  The Subsidiary Guaranty executed and
delivered by a duly authorized officer of each of the Guarantors party thereto;
and

          (h)  Other Documents.  Such other approvals, opinions, documents or
materials as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably request.

     5.2  Conditions to All Credit  Extensions.  The  obligation of each Bank to
make any Loan to be made by it (including  its initial Loan) and the  obligation
of the Issuing Bank to issue,  and of each Bank to participate in, any Letter of
Credit are subject to the satisfaction of the following  conditions precedent on
the relevant Borrowing Date or Issuance Date:

          (a) Notice of  Borrowing or  Issuance.  The Agent shall have  received
(with,  in the case of the initial  Loan only, a copy for each Bank) a Notice of
Borrowing or in the case of any Issuance of any Letter of Credit,  the Agent and
the  Issuing  Bank shall  have  received  an L/C  Application  or L/C  Amendment
Application, as required under Section 3.02;

          (b)   Continuation   of    Representations    and   Warranties.    The
representations and warranties in Article VI shall be true and correct on and as
of such  Borrowing  Date or Issuance Date with the same effect as if made on and
as of  such  Borrowing  Date  or  Issuance  Date  (except  to  the  extent  such
representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case
they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date); and


                                     -42-

<PAGE>

          (c)  No Existing Default.  No Default or Event of Default shall exist
or shall result from such Borrowing or Issuance.

Each  Notice of  Borrowing  and L/C  Application  or L/C  Amendment  Application
submitted  by the  Company  hereunder  shall  constitute  a  representation  and
warranty by the Company hereunder,  as of the date of each such notice and as of
each Borrowing Date or Issuance Date, that the conditions in subsection 5.02(a),
(b) and (c) are satisfied.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                         ------------------------------

     The Company represents and warrants to the Agent and each Bank that:

     6.1  Corporate Existence and Power.  The Company and each of its
Subsidiaries:

          (a)  is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;

          (b)  has the  power  and  authority  and  all  governmental  licenses,
authorizations,  consents and approvals to own its assets, carry on its business
and to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents;

          (c) is duly qualified as a foreign  corporation and is licensed and in
good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership,  lease or
operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification
or license except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect; and

          (d) is in compliance  with all  Requirements  of Law; except where the
failure to do so or to so comply  could not  reasonably  be  expected  to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

          6.2 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery
and  performance  by the Company and the  Guarantors of this  Agreement and each
other Loan Document have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action,
and do not and will not:

          (a)  contravene the terms of any of such Person's Organization
Documents;

          (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention  of, or the
creation of any Lien under,  any document  evidencing  any material  Contractual
Obligation  to which such  Person is a party or any order,  injunction,  writ or
decree of any  Governmental  Authority  to which such Person or its  property is
subject; or

          (c)  violate any Requirement of Law applicable to such Person.



                                     -43-


<PAGE>

          6.3  Governmental  Authorization.  No  approval,  consent,  exemption,
authorization,   or  other  action  by,  or  notice  to,  or  filing  with,  any
Governmental   Authority  is  necessary  or  required  in  connection  with  the
execution,  delivery or performance by, or enforcement  against,  the Company or
any Guarantor of the Agreement or any other Loan Document.

          6.4  Binding  Effect.  This  Agreement  and each other  Loan  Document
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company,  enforceable
against  the  Company in  accordance  with  their  respective  terms,  except as
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency,  or similar
laws affecting the  enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally or by equitable
principles relating to enforceability.

          6.5 Litigation.  There are no actions, suits,  proceedings,  claims or
disputes  pending,  or, to the best  knowledge  of the  Company,  threatened  or
contemplated,  at law,  in equity,  in  arbitration  or before any  Governmental
Authority,  against the Company,  or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective
properties which:

          (a)  purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; or

          (b)  may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          No injunction,  writ, temporary  restraining order or any order of any
nature has been issued by any court or other Governmental  Authority  purporting
to enjoin or restrain the  execution,  delivery or performance of this Agreement
or any other Loan  Document,  or directing  that the  transactions  provided for
herein or therein not be consummated as herein or therein provided.

          6.6 No Default.  No Default or Event of Default exists or would result
from the incurring of any  Obligations  by the Company.  As of the Closing Date,
neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary  is in default  under or with respect to
any Contractual  Obligation in any respect which,  individually or together with
all such  defaults,  could  reasonably  be expected  to have a Material  Adverse
Effect,  or that would,  if such  default had occurred  after the Closing  Date,
create an Event of Default under subsection 9.01(e).

          6.7  ERISA Compliance.  Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule
6.07:

          (a) Each  Plan is in  compliance  with the  applicable  provisions  of
ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law except where the failure to do so
or to so comply  could not  reasonably  be expected  to have a Material  Adverse
Effect.  Each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code
has  received a  favorable  determination  letter  from the IRS and, to the best
knowledge  of the Company,  nothing has  occurred  which would cause the loss of
such  qualification.  The Company and each ERISA Affiliate has made all required
contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application
for a funding  waiver or an extension  of any  amortization  period  pursuant to
Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.



  

                                   -44-

<PAGE>

          (b)  There  are no  pending  or,  to the best  knowledge  of  Company,
threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority,
with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could  reasonably  be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or
violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan which 
has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse 
Effect.

          (c) (i) No ERISA  Event has  occurred  or is  reasonably  expected  to
occur;  (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension  Liability;  (iii) neither
the Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate  has  incurred,  or  reasonably  expects to
incur,  any  liability  under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan
(other than premiums due and not delinquent  under Section 4007 of ERISA);  (iv)
neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred,  or reasonably expects
to incur,  any liability  (and no event has occurred  which,  with the giving of
notice  under  Section  4219 of ERISA,  would  result in such  liability)  under
Section  4201 or 4243 of ERISA with  respect to a  Multiemployer  Plan;  and (v)
neither the Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate has engaged in a  transaction  that
could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

          6.8 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. The proceeds of the Loans are
to be used solely for the purposes set forth in and  permitted by Section  7.12.
Neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary is generally  engaged in the business of
purchasing  or selling  Margin  Stock or  extending  credit  for the  purpose of
purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

          6.9 Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and
other material tax returns and reports  required to be filed,  and have paid all
Federal  and other  material  taxes,  assessments,  fees and other  governmental
charges  levied  or  imposed  upon  them or their  properties,  income or assets
otherwise due and payable,  except those which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in
accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Company or
any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.

          6.10   Financial Condition.

          (a) The audited  consolidated  financial statements of the Company and
its  Subsidiaries  for the fiscal  year ended  February  3, 1996 and the related
consolidated  statements of income or operations,  shareholders' equity and cash
flows for the fiscal year ended on that date:

               (i) were prepared in accordance  with GAAP  consistently  applied
     throughout the period covered thereby,  except as otherwise expressly noted
     therein;

              (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries  as of the date  thereof  and  results of  operations  for the
     period covered thereby; and

             (iii) except as  specifically  disclosed in Schedule 6.10, show all
     material indebtedness and other liabilities,  direct or contingent,  of the
     Company and


                                     -45-


<PAGE>

     its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities
     for taxes, material commitments and Contingent Obligations.

          (b) Since February 3, 1996, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

     6.11 Environmental  Matters. The Company conducts in the ordinary course of
business  a review of the effect of  existing  Environmental  Laws and  existing
Environmental Claims on its business, operations and properties, and as a result
thereof  the Company  has  reasonably  concluded  that,  except as  specifically
disclosed in Schedule 6.11, such  Environmental  Laws and  Environmental  Claims
could not,  individually  or in the aggregate,  reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     6.12 Regulated  Entities.  None of the Company,  any Person controlling the
Company, or any Subsidiary, is an "Investment Company" within the meaning of the
Investment  Company Act of 1940. The Company is not subject to regulation  under
the Public  Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935,  the Federal  Power Act,  the
Interstate  Commerce Act, any state public  utilities code, or any other Federal
or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

     6.13  Subsidiaries.  As of the date of this  Agreement,  the Company has no
Subsidiaries  other than those  specifically  disclosed  in part (a) of Schedule
6.13.  The Company has no Material  Subsidiaries  other than those  specifically
disclosed in part (b) of Schedule  6.13 or as disclosed  pursuant to  subsection
7.03(e) (including their jurisdictions of incorporation). As of the date of this
Agreement,  the Company has no equity  investments  in any other  corporation or
entity other than those specifically disclosed in part (c) of Schedule 6.13.

     6.14  Insurance.  The properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries are
insured as required by Section 7.06.

     6.15  Swap Obligations.  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
has incurred any outstanding obligations under any Swap Contracts, other than
Permitted Swap Obligations.

     6.16 Full Disclosure. None of the representations or warranties made by the
Company in the Loan Documents as of the date such representations and warranties
are made or deemed made,  and none of the  statements  contained in any exhibit,
report, statement or certificate furnished by or on behalf of the Company or any
Subsidiary in connection  with the Loan  Documents  (including  the offering and
disclosure materials delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Banks prior
to the  Closing  Date)  taken as a whole,  contains  any untrue  statement  of a
material  fact or omits any  material  fact  required  to be stated  therein  or
necessary to make the  statements  made therein,  in light of the  circumstances
under which they are made, not misleading as of the time when made or delivered.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
                              ---------------------

     So long as any Bank shall  have any  Commitment  hereunder,  or any Loan or
other Obligation shall remain unpaid, unless the Required Banks waive compliance
in writing:

                                     -46-

<PAGE>

     7.1  Financial Statements.  The Company shall deliver to the Agent, with
sufficient copies for each Bank:

          (a) as soon as available, but not later than 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year  (commencing  with fiscal year ending  January 1997), a copy of
the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at
the end of such  year and the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income  or
operations,  shareholders' equity and cash flows for such year, setting forth in
each case in  comparative  form the figures for the previous  fiscal  year,  and
accompanied    by   the   opinion   of   Arthur    Andersen   LLP   or   another
nationally-recognized independent public accounting firm ("Independent Auditor")
which report shall state that such  consolidated  financial  statements  present
fairly the financial  position for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP
applied on a consistent  basis.  Such opinion shall not be qualified or limited,
in  either  case,  because  of  a  restricted  or  limited  examination  by  the
Independent Auditor of any material portion of the Company's or any Subsidiary's
records; and

          (b) as soon as available,  but not later than 60 days after the end of
each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (commencing with the
first  fiscal  quarter  ending after the date  hereof,  a copy of the  unaudited
consolidated  balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of
such quarter and the related  consolidated  statements of income,  shareholders'
equity and cash flows for the period  commencing  on the first day and ending on
the last day of such quarter,  and certified by a Responsible  Officer as fairly
presenting,  in accordance  with GAAP (subject to ordinary,  good faith year-end
audit adjustments and the absence of notes thereto),  the financial position and
the results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries.

          To  the  extent  included  therein,  the  information  required  to be
delivered  pursuant to this  Section  7.01 may be  delivered  by delivery of the
financial statements and reports required to be delivered pursuant to subsection
7.02(c).

     7.2  Certificates; Other Information.  The Company shall furnish to the
Agent, with sufficient copies for each Bank:

          (a)  concurrently  with  the  delivery  of  the  financial  statements
referred to in subsection  7.01(a),  a certificate  of the  Independent  Auditor
stating  that in making the  examination  necessary  therefor no  knowledge  was
obtained  of any  Default  or Event of  Default,  except  as  specified  in such
certificate;

          (b)  concurrently  with  the  delivery  of  the  financial  statements
referred to in subsections 7.01(a) and (b), a Compliance Certificate executed by
a Responsible Officer;

          (c)  promptly,  but not later  than five days after the date of filing
with the SEC,  copies of all financial  statements  and reports that the Company
sends to its shareholders,  and copies of all financial  statements and regular,
periodical  or special  reports  (including  Forms 10-K,  10-Q and 8-K) that the
Company or any Subsidiary may make to, or file with, the SEC;




                                     -47-

<PAGE>

          (d)  promptly  after  the  creation  or  acquisition  of any  Material
Subsidiary, the name of such Material Subsidiary, a description of its business,
its net worth and the value of its assets; and

          (e)  promptly,  such  additional  information  regarding the business,
financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary as the Agent, at
the request of any Bank, may from time to time request.

     7.3  Notices.  The Company shall promptly notify the Agent:

          (a) upon any Responsible Officer becoming aware of the occurrence of
any Default or Event of Default;

          (b) of any matter that has  resulted,  or may, in the  judgment of the
Company,  reasonably  be  expected  to  result  in a  Material  Adverse  Effect,
including (i) breach or non-performance  of, or any default under, a Contractual
Obligation  of the  Company or any  Subsidiary;  (ii) any  dispute,  litigation,
investigation,  proceeding or suspension  between the Company or any  Subsidiary
and any  Governmental  Authority;  or (iii) the commencement of, or any material
development  in, any  litigation  or  proceeding  affecting  the  Company or any
Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;

          (c) upon any Responsible  Officer  becoming aware of the occurrence of
any ERISA Event (but in no event more than 10 days after such ERISA Event),  and
deliver  to the Agent and each Bank a copy of any  notice  with  respect to such
ERISA Event that is filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice delivered
by a Governmental  Authority to the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate with respect
to such ERISA Event;

          (d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial
reporting practices by the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries; and

          (e) of any Subsidiary  (including its  jurisdiction of  incorporation)
which is not a Guarantor being or becoming a Material Subsidiary.

          Each notice under this Section 7.03 shall be  accompanied by a written
statement by a  Responsible  Officer  setting  forth  details of the  occurrence
referred to therein, and stating what action the Company or any affected 
Subsidiary proposes to take with respect  thereto and at what time (although the
failure to take any such action shall not constitute a Default or Event of 
Default  under this Agreement).  Each notice under subsection  7.03(a) shall 
describe the provisions of this Agreement or other Loan Document that have been
breached or violated.

     7.4 Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc. The Company shall, and shall
cause each Material Subsidiary to:

          (a)  preserve  and  maintain  in full force and  effect its  corporate
existence  and good  standing  under  the laws of its state or  jurisdiction  of
incorporation except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement;

          (b) preserve  and  maintain in full force and effect all  governmental
rights, privileges,  qualifications,  permits, licenses and franchises necessary
or desirable in the normal  conduct of its business  except in  connection  with


                                     -48-

<PAGE>

transactions  permitted by Section 8.03 and sales of assets permitted by Section
8.02 and except for any of the foregoing the  expiration or termination of which
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (c) use reasonable efforts, in the ordinary course of business, to
preserve its business organization and goodwill; and

          (d) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade
names and service  marks,  the  non-preservation  of which could  reasonably  be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.5 Maintenance of Property.  The Company shall  maintain,  and shall cause
each  Subsidiary to maintain,  and preserve all its material  property  which is
used in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear
excepted  except  where  the  failure  to so  maintain  or  preserve  could  not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.6 Insurance.  The Company shall maintain, and shall cause each Subsidiary
to  maintain,   with  financially  sound  and  reputable  independent  insurers,
insurance with respect to its properties and business  against loss or damage of
the kinds customarily  insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar
business,  of such types and in such amounts as are  customarily  carried  under
similar  circumstances by such other Persons,  provided that the Company and its
Subsidiaries  may  self-insure  against  such  risks and in such  amounts  as is
usually  self-insured  by  companies  engaged in similar  businesses  and owning
similar  properties  in the same  general  areas in which  the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries operate.

     7.7  Payment of Tax Obligations.  The Company shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all
tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its
properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by 
appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being
maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary.

     7.8 Compliance  with Laws.  The Company shall comply,  and shall cause each
Subsidiary to comply, with all Requirements of Law of any Governmental Authority
having  jurisdiction  over it or its  business,  except  where the failure to so
comply could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.9 Compliance with ERISA.  The Company shall,  and shall cause each of its
ERISA  Affiliates  to: (a)  maintain  each Plan in  compliance  in all  material
respects with the applicable  provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or
state law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified  under  Section  401(a) of the
Code to maintain such qualification;  and (c) make all required contributions to
any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code.

     7.10  Inspection  of Property  and Books and  Records.  The  Company  shall
maintain and shall cause each  Subsidiary to maintain proper books of record and
account,  in which  full,  true and  correct  entries  in  conformity  with GAAP
consistently  applied  shall be made of all financial  transactions  and matters
involving  the assets and  business  of the  Company  and such  Subsidiary.  The
Company shall permit, and shall cause each Subsidiary to permit, representatives
and  independent  contractors  of the Agent and  representatives  of any Bank to


                                     -49-

<PAGE>

visit  and  inspect  any  of  their  respective  properties,  to  examine  their
respective  corporate,  financial and operating records, and make copies thereof
or abstracts  therefrom,  and to discuss their respective affairs,  finances and
accounts with their respective directors,  officers, and, in the presence of the
Company if the Company shall so request,  independent public accountants, all at
such  reasonable  times  during  normal  business  hours  and as often as may be
reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Company.

     7.11 Environmental Laws. The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary
to, conduct its operations and keep and maintain its property in compliance with
all  Environmental  Laws except where the failure to do so or to so comply could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.12 Use of Proceeds.  The Company  shall use the proceeds of the Loans for
general  corporate  purposes and not in  contravention of any Requirement of Law
(including Regulation G, T, U and X of the FRB) or of any Loan Document.

     7.13 Additional Guarantors.  In the event any Person shall hereafter become
a Material Subsidiary, the Company shall promptly cause such Material Subsidiary
to become a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                        NEGATIVE AND FINANCIAL COVENANTS
                        --------------------------------

          So long as any Bank shall have any Commitment  hereunder,  or any Loan
or other  Obligation  shall  remain  unpaid,  unless the  Required  Banks  waive
compliance in writing:

          8.1  Limitation on Liens.  The Company shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume
or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with  respect  to any part of its  property,
whether now owned or hereafter  acquired,  other than the following  ("Permitted
Liens"):

          (a) any Lien existing on property of the Company or any  Subsidiary on
the  Closing  Date  and  set  forth  in  Schedule  8.01  securing   Indebtedness
outstanding on such date;

          (b) any Lien created under any Loan Document;

          (c) Liens for taxes, fees,  assessments or other governmental  charges
which are not delinquent or remain  payable  without  penalty,  or to the extent
that non-payment  thereof is permitted by Section 7.07;  provided that no notice
of lien has been filed or recorded under the Code;

          (d) carriers', warehousemen's,  mechanics', landlords', materialmen's,
repairmen's  or other similar  Liens arising in the ordinary  course of business
which are not delinquent for more than 90 days or remain payable without penalty
or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, which
proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property
subject thereto;


                                     -50-

<PAGE>

          (e) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of pledges
or deposits  required in the  ordinary  course of  business in  connection  with
workers'   compensation,   unemployment  insurance  and  other  social  security
legislation;

          (f) Liens on the  property of the Company or any  Subsidiary  securing
(i) the  non-delinquent  performance of bids,  trade  contracts  (other than for
borrowed money), leases,  statutory obligations,  (ii) contingent obligations on
surety and appeal bonds,  and (iii) other  non-delinquent  obligations of a like
nature;  in each case,  incurred in the ordinary course of business and treating
as non-delinquent  any delinquency which is being contested in good faith and by
appropriate  proceedings,  which  proceedings  have the effect of preventing the
forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

          (g) Liens  consisting  of judgment or judicial  attachment  liens with
respect to  judgments  that do not  constitute  an Event of  Default  and in the
aggregate do not exceed $10,000,000;

          (h)   easements,   rights-of-way,   restrictions   and  other  similar
encumbrances  which, in the aggregate,  are not substantial in amount, and which
do not in any case  materially  detract from the value of the  property  subject
thereto or interfere with the ordinary  conduct of the businesses of the Company
and its Subsidiaries;

          (i) Liens on assets of corporations  which become  Subsidiaries  after
the date of this Agreement;  provided,  however,  that such Liens existed at the
time the respective  corporations  became  Subsidiaries  and were not created in
anticipation thereof;

          (j) Liens  arising  solely by virtue of any  statutory  or common  law
provision  relating to banker's  liens,  rights of set-off or similar rights and
remedies  as to  deposit  accounts  or other  funds  maintained  with a creditor
depository  institution;  provided  that  (i)  such  deposit  account  is  not a
dedicated cash  collateral  account and is not subject to  restrictions  against
access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by
the FRB,  and (ii) such  deposit  account is not  intended by the Company or any
Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;

          (k) Liens securing reimbursement  obligations incurred in the ordinary
course of business for letters of credit,  which Liens  encumber only goods,  or
documents of title covering goods, which are purchased in transactions for which
such letters of credit are issued;

          (l)  any  extension,  renewal  or  substitution  of or for  any of the
foregoing  Liens;  provided  that (i) the  Indebtedness  or other  obligation or
liability  secured by the applicable  Lien shall not exceed the  Indebtedness or
other  obligation or liability  existing  immediately  prior to such  extension,
renewal or  substitution  and (ii) the Lien securing such  Indebtedness or other
obligation  or  liability  shall be limited to the property  which,  immediately
prior to such extension,  renewal or substitution,  secured such Indebtedness or
other obligation or liability; and

          (m) other Liens securing  Indebtedness or other obligations not at any
time exceeding $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount.


                                     -51-

<PAGE>

          8.2 Disposition of Assets. The Company shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any  Subsidiary  to,  directly or  indirectly,  sell,  assign,  lease,
convey,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of  (collectively,  a  "Disposition")
(whether in one or a series of transactions)  any property  (including  accounts
and notes  receivable,  with or without recourse) or enter into any agreement to
do any of the foregoing, except:

          (a) Dispositions of inventory, or used, worn-out, obsolete or surplus
equipment and other assets, all in the ordinary course of business;

          (b)  Dispositions  of equipment  to the extent that such  equipment is
exchanged  for  credit  against  the  purchase  price  of  similar   replacement
equipment, or the proceeds of such sale are reasonably promptly applied to the 
purchase price of such replacement equipment;

          (c) Dispositions of assets (including  leasehold interests and related
assets) in connection with sale/leasebacks of stores developed by the Company or
any of its  Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in amounts and under
circumstances consistent with past practices;

          (d)  Dispositions of assets received in connection with the bankruptcy
or  reorganization  of suppliers  and  customers and in settlement of delinquent
obligations of, and other disputes with,  customers and suppliers arising in the
ordinary course of business;

          (e)  Dispositions  of assets  between  and among the  Company  and its
Wholly-Owned   Subsidiaries  and  the  Disposition  of  assets  from  any  other
Subsidiary to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company; and

          (f) Dispositions not otherwise  permitted hereunder which are made for
fair market value; provided that (i) at the time of any Disposition, no Event of
Default shall exist or shall result from such Disposition and (ii) the aggregate
sales price of all assets so sold by the Company and its Subsidiaries, together,
shall not exceed in any fiscal year 5% (but for the fiscal  year ending  January
1997, 10%) of the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
determined in accordance with GAAP, as of the beginning of such fiscal year.
                                      
          Upon  the   permitted   Disposition   by  any   Guarantor  of  all  or
substantially  all of its  assets  to  any  Person  (and  after  the  subsequent
distribution  of the  consideration  received  therefor by such Guarantor to the
Company or another  Guarantor),  such Guarantor shall be automatically  released
from its  obligations  under the  Subsidiary  Guaranty.  The Agent shall provide
written  confirmation of such release to the Company upon the Company's  request
therefor.

          8.3 Consolidations  and Mergers.  The Company shall not, and shall not
suffer or permit any Subsidiary  to, merge with or consolidate  into any Person,
except:

          (a) the Company or any Subsidiary  may merge with or consolidate  into
any Person,  provided that (i) at the time of such merger or  consolidation,  no
Event of Default shall exist or result from the  consummation  of such merger or
consolidation and (ii) the Company or such Subsidiary shall be the continuing or
surviving corporation;


                                     -52-

<PAGE>

          (b) any  Subsidiary  may merge with or  consolidate  into the Company,
provided that the Company shall be the continuing or surviving  corporation,  or
with any one or more  Subsidiaries,  provided that if any  transaction  shall be
between a Subsidiary and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary,  the Wholly-Owned Subsidiary
shall be the continuing or surviving corporation and if any transaction shall be
between a Subsidiary and a Guarantor, the Guarantor shall be the continuing or 
surviving corporation or the surviving Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor; and

          (c) any  Subsidiary  may sell all or  substantially  all of its assets
(upon  voluntary  liquidation or otherwise),  to the Company or another  Wholly-
Owned Subsidiary or as otherwise permitted by Section 8.02.

Any  Disposition  of assets which would be permitted by Section 8.02 may also be
accomplished  via a merger or  consolidation  of a Subsidiary and such merger or
consolidation shall be permitted pursuant to this Section 8.03.

          8.4 Loans and Investments.  The Company shall not purchase or acquire,
or  suffer  or  permit  any  Subsidiary  to  purchase  or  acquire,  or make any
commitment therefor,  any capital stock, equity interest,  or any obligations or
other securities of, or any interest in, any Person (other than the Company), or
make or commit to make any Acquisitions,  or make or commit to make any advance,
loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to or any other investment in,
any Person  (other than the  Company)  including  any  Affiliate  of the Company
(together, "Investments"), except for:

          (a) Investments held by the Company or Subsidiary in the form of cash
equivalents or short term marketable securities;

          (b) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes
receivable  arising  from the sale or lease of goods or services in the ordinary
course of business;

          (c) extensions of credit by the Company to any of its Wholly-Owned
Subsidiaries or by any of its Subsidiaries to the Company or one of its Wholly-
Owned Subsidiaries;

          (d) advances to employees for moving,  relocation and travel expenses,
drawing accounts and similar expenditures and loans to employees in the ordinary
course of business;

          (e)  Investments   received  in  connection  with  the  bankruptcy  or
reorganization  of suppliers  and  customers  and in  settlement  of  delinquent
obligations of, and other disputes with,  suppliers and customers arising in the
ordinary course of business;

          (f) Investments of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence as of
the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 8.04;

          (g) any extension or renewal of any of the foregoing;

          (h) Investments incurred in order to consummate an Acquisition of any
Person principally engaged in a business substantially similar to the business
of the Company; provided that (i) such Acquisition is undertaken in accordance 
with all applicable  Requirements of Law and (ii) the prior, effective written 
consent or approval to such  Acquisition of the board of directors or equivalent
governing body of the acquiree is obtained; and
                                     -53-

<PAGE>
          (i) other Investments made in any fiscal year not exceeding $5,000,000
in the aggregate in such fiscal year.

          8.5 Limitation on  Indebtedness.  The Company shall not, and shall not
suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, create,  incur, assume,  suffer to exist, or
otherwise  become or remain  directly or indirectly  liable with respect to, any
Indebtedness except:

          (a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement;

          (b) Indebtedness consisting of Contingent Obligations permitted
pursuant to Section 8.07;

          (c) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in
Schedule 8.05;

          (d) Indebtedness constituting an Investment permitted pursuant to
Section 8.04; and

          (e) Other  Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries so long as
after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such  Indebtedness as if such
Indebtedness  had been incurred on the last date of the most recently  completed
fiscal  quarter the ratio of (i) Total Debt to (ii) Total  Capitalization  would
not  have  been  greater  than  60%;  provided,  however,  that  not  more  than
$10,000,000  of  such  other  Indebtedness  outstanding  at any  time  shall  be
Indebtedness of the  Subsidiaries;  provided further,  however,  that solely for
purposes  of  computations  under  this  subsection  8.05(e),   all  such  other
Indebtedness outstanding at the time of such incurrence shall be included in the
definitions of "Total Debt" and "Total Capitalization".

          8.6 Transactions with Affiliates. The Company shall not, and shall not
suffer  or  permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  enter  into any  transaction  with any
Affiliate  of the  Company,  except  upon  fair  and  reasonable  terms  no less
favorable  to the Company or such  Subsidiary  than would obtain in a comparable
arm's-length  transaction  with a Person not an Affiliate of the Company or such
Subsidiary.

          8.7  Contingent Obligations.  The Company shall not, and shall not
suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Contingent Obligations except:

          (a) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business;

          (b) Permitted Swap Obligations;

          (c) Contingent Obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries
existing as of the Closing Date and listed in Schedule 8.07;

          (d) Contingent Obligations with respect to Surety Instruments incurred
in the ordinary course of business;

          (e) in addition to other Contingent  Obligations  permitted hereunder,
Contingent  Obligations  which do not exceed  $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any
one time outstanding;


                                     -54-

<PAGE>
          (f) Guaranty Obligations of the Company or of any Guarantor with
respect to any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsection 8.05(e); and

          (g) the Subsidiary Guaranty.

          8.8 Restricted  Payments.  The Company shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  declare or make any  dividend  payment or other
distribution of assets,  properties,  cash, rights, obligations or securities on
account of any shares of any class of its capital stock, or purchase,  redeem or
otherwise  acquire  for value any shares of its capital  stock or any  warrants,
rights or options to acquire such shares, now or hereafter  outstanding,  except
that:

          (a) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary may pay dividends and make
distributions to the Company or to any other Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

          (b) the Company and any Subsidiary may declare and make dividend
payments or other distributions payable solely in its common stock; and

          (c) the Company may declare or pay cash dividends to its  stockholders
and  purchase,  redeem  or  otherwise  acquire  shares of its  capital  stock or
warrants,  rights or options to acquire any such shares for cash in an aggregate
amount not in excess of 50% of  Consolidated  Net Income of the  Company and its
Subsidiaries  arising  after  the date  hereof,  and  computed  on a  cumulative
consolidated  basis;  provided  that,  immediately  after giving  effect to such
proposed action (or, in the case of dividends  declared not earlier than 45 days
prior to the payment thereof,  at the time of such  declaration),  no Default or
Event of Default would exist.

          8.9 ERISA.  The Company  shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any
of its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) engage in a prohibited  transaction or violation
of the  fiduciary  responsibility  rules  with  respect  to any Plan  which  has
resulted or could  reasonably  expected to result in liability of the Company in
an aggregate  amount in excess of  $10,000,000;  or (b) engage in a  transaction
that could be  reasonably  expected to be subject to Section  4069 or 4212(c) of
ERISA.

          8.10 Change in Business.  The Company  shall not, and shall not suffer
or  permit  any   Subsidiary  to,  engage  in  any  material  line  of  business
substantially  different from those lines of business  carried on by the Company
and its  Subsidiaries  on the date  hereof.  The Company  shall (a) cause assets
generating  at least 90% of the  consolidated  revenues  of the  Company and its
Subsidiaries  to be owned or  leased by the  Company  at all times and (b) cause
assets generating at least 90% of Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its
Subsidiaries to be owned or leased by the Company and the Material  Subsidiaries
existing as of the date of this Agreement at all times.

          8.11 Accounting  Changes.  The Company shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any Subsidiary to, make any significant change in accounting treatment
or  reporting   practices,   except  as  permitted  by  GAAP  or  SEC  reporting
requirements, or change the fiscal year of the Company or of any Subsidiary.

          8.12  Financial Covenants.

          (a) Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio.  For the period of four  consecutive
fiscal quarters ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter, the Company shall
not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.5:1.0.
                                     -55-

<PAGE>
 
         (b) Leverage Ratio. The Company shall not permit the ratio of (i)
Total Debt to (ii) Total Capitalization to be greater than 60% as of the last
day of any fiscal quarter.

          (c) Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The Company shall not permit
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth to be less than $600,000,000 as of the last day
of any fiscal quarter.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT
                                -----------------

          9.1  Event of Default.  Any of the following shall constitute an
"Event of Default":

          (a) Non-Payment. The Company fails to pay, (i) when and as required to
be paid herein,  any amount of  principal of any Loan,  or (ii) within five days
after the same  becomes  due,  any  interest,  fee or any other  amount  payable
hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

          (b) Representation or Warranty.  Any representation or warranty by the
Company  or any  Subsidiary  made or  deemed  made  herein,  in any  other  Loan
Document,  or which is  contained in any  certificate,  document or financial or
other  statement by the Company,  any Subsidiary,  or any  Responsible  Officer,
furnished at any time under this Agreement,  or in or under any other Loan 
Document, is incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or 
deemed made; or

          (c)  Specific  Defaults.  The Company  fails to perform or observe any
term, covenant or agreement (i) contained in Section 8.01, 8.04 or 8.07 and such
failure continues  unremedied for five Business Days or (ii) contained in either
subsection 7.03(a) or Section 7.12 or in any other provision of Article VIII; or

          (d) Other Defaults.  The Company fails to perform or observe any other
term or covenant  contained in this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  and
such default shall  continue  unremedied  for a period of 20 days after the date
upon which  written  notice  thereof is given to the Company by the Agent or any
Bank; or

          (e) Cross-Default. The Company or any Subsidiary (i) fails to make any
payment  in respect  of any  Indebtedness  or  Contingent  Obligation  having an
aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and
including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit
arrangement) of more than $10,000,000  when due (whether by scheduled  maturity,
required  prepayment,  acceleration,  demand,  or  otherwise)  and such  failure
continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any,  specified in the
relevant  document  on the date of such  failure;  or (ii)  fails to  perform or
observe  any other  condition  or  covenant,  or any other  event shall occur or
condition  exist,  under  any  agreement  or  instrument  relating  to any  such
Indebtedness  or Contingent  Obligation,  and such failure  continues  after the
applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the relevant document on
the date of such failure if the effect of such failure, event or condition is to


                                     -56-

<PAGE>

cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or
beneficiaries  of such  Indebtedness  (or a  trustee  or agent on behalf of such
holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause such Indebtedness to
be  declared  to be due  and  payable  prior  to its  stated  maturity,  or such
Contingent Obligation to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to
be demanded; or

          (f)  Insolvency;  Voluntary  Proceedings.  The Company or any Material
Subsidiary  (i) ceases or fails to be  solvent,  or  generally  fails to pay, or
admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, subject to
applicable grace periods, if any, whether at stated maturity or otherwise;  (ii)
voluntarily  ceases to  conduct  its  business  in the  ordinary  course;  (iii)
commences any Insolvency  Proceeding  with respect to itself;  or (iv) takes any
action to effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing; or

          (g) Involuntary Proceedings. (i) Any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding
is commenced or filed  against the Company or any  Material  Subsidiary,  or any
writ, judgment,  warrant of attachment,  execution or similar process, is issued
or  levied  against  a  substantial  part  of  the  Company's  or  any  Material
Subsidiary's  properties,  and any such  proceeding  or  petition  shall  not be
dismissed, or such writ, judgment,  warrant of attachment,  execution or similar
process  shall not be  released,  vacated or fully  bonded  within 60 days after
commencement, filing or levy; (ii) the Company or any Material Subsidiary admits
the material allegations of a petition against it in any Insolvency  Proceeding,
or an order for relief (or  similar  order  under  non-U.S.  law) is ordered in
any Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) the  Company  or  any  Material  Subsidiary
acquiesces in the appointment of a receiver,  trustee,  custodian,  conservator,
liquidator, mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor), or other similar Person
for itself or a substantial portion of its property or business; or

          (h) ERISA.  (i) An ERISA Event  shall occur with  respect to a Pension
Plan or Multiemployer  Plan which has resulted in liability of the Company under
Title IV of  ERISA to the  Pension  Plan,  Multiemployer  Plan or the PBGC in an
aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000; (ii) the aggregate amount of Unfunded
Pension  Liability among all Pension Plans at any time exceeds  $10,000,000;  or
(iii) the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  shall fail to pay when due, after the
expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment  payment with respect
to its withdrawal  liability  under Section 4201 of ERISA under a  Multiemployer
Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000; or

          (i) Monetary  Judgments.  One or more final  judgments,  final orders,
decrees or arbitration  awards is entered  against the Company or any Subsidiary
involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by independent
third-party  insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute  coverage) as to
any  single or related  series of  transactions,  incidents  or  conditions,  of
$10,000,000  or more  (determined  after  allowance for the  application  of any
insurance  proceeds  to such  judgment  or  order),  and the same  shall  remain
unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period of 10 days after
the entry thereof; or

          (j) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

          (k) Subsidiary Guaranty.  The Subsidiary Guaranty shall fail to remain
in full force and effect (except, with respect to any Material Subsidiary,  upon


                                     -57-

<PAGE>

the  merger  or  consolidation  of such  Material  Subsidiary  with and into the
Company or any other Material  Subsidiary  which is a Guarantor),  or any action
shall be taken to discontinue or to assert the invalidity or unenforceability of
the Subsidiary  Guaranty (after giving effect to any applicable grace period set
forth  therein),  or any Guarantor shall fail to comply with any of the terms or
provisions of the Subsidiary  Guaranty,  or any Guarantor denies that it has any
further liability under the Subsidiary Guaranty,  or gives notice to such effect
other than as a consequence of the satisfaction of its obligations thereunder.

          9.2  Remedies.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Banks,

          (a) declare the commitment of each Bank to make Loans and to issue and
participate  in Letters of Credit to be terminated,  whereupon such  commitments
shall be terminated;

          (b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding  Loans, all
interest  accrued and unpaid  thereon,  and all other  amounts  owing or payable
hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately  due and  payable,
without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which 
are hereby expressly waived by the Company; and

          (c) exercise on behalf of itself and the Banks all rights and remedies
available to it and the Banks under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided,  however,  that upon the occurrence and during the  continuance of any
Event of Default specified in subsection (f) or (g) of Section 9.01 with respect
to the Company,  the obligation of each Bank to make Loans and the obligation of
any Issuing Bank to issue  Letters of Credit shall  automatically  terminate and
the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding  Loans and all interest and other
amounts as aforesaid shall automatically  become due and payable without further
act of the Agent or any Bank. In addition,  following the  occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default,  so long as any Letter of Credit has not
been fully drawn and has not been canceled or expired by its terms,  upon demand
by the Agent,  the Company shall,  upon the request of the Required Banks,  Cash
Collateralize  the dollar amount of the aggregate  undrawn amount of all Letters
of Credit.  Such funds shall be promptly  applied by the Agent to reimburse  the
Issuing  Bank for drafts  drawn  from time to time under the  Letters of Credit.
Such funds, if any,  remaining  following the payment of all Obligations in full
or the earlier  termination of all Events of Default shall,  unless the Agent is
otherwise directed by a court of competent  jurisdiction,  be promptly paid over
to the Company.

          9.3 Rights Not  Exclusive.  The rights  provided for in this Agreement
and the other Loan  Documents are  cumulative and are not exclusive of any other
rights,  powers,  privileges or remedies  provided by law or in equity, or under
any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.









                                     -58-

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                                    THE AGENT
                                    ---------

          10.1  Appointment  and  Authorization;   "Agent".   Each  Bank  hereby
irrevocably  (subject to Section 10.09) appoints,  designates and authorizes the
Agent to take such action on its behalf under the  provisions of this  Agreement
and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties
as are  expressly  delegated  to it by the terms of this  Agreement or any other
Loan Document,  together with such powers as are reasonably  incidental thereto.
Notwithstanding  any  provision  to the  contrary  contained  elsewhere  in this
Agreement or in any other Loan Document,  the Agent shall not have any duties or
responsibilities,  except those expressly set forth herein,  nor shall the Agent
have or be  deemed to have any  fiduciary  relationship  with any  Bank,  and no
implied  covenants,   functions,   responsibilities,   duties,   obligations  or
liabilities  shall be read into this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document  or
otherwise  exist  against the Agent.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
foregoing sentence, the use of the term "agent" in this Agreement with reference
to the Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied 
(or express)  obligations  arising under agency  doctrine of any applicable law.
Instead,  such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended
to create or reflect only an  administrative  relationship  between  independent
contracting parties.

          10.2  Delegation  of Duties.  The Agent may  execute any of its duties
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents,  employees
or  attorneys-in-fact  and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all
matters  pertaining to such duties.  The Agent shall not be responsible  for the
negligence or misconduct of any agent or  attorney-in-fact  that it selects with
reasonable care.

          10.3 Liability of Agent. None of the  Agent-Related  Persons shall (i)
be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in
connection  with this  Agreement or any other Loan Document or the  transactions
contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct),
or (ii) be  responsible  in any  manner  to any of the  Banks  for any  recital,
statement,  representation  or warranty made by the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate of the Company, or any officer thereof, contained in this Agreement or
in any other Loan Document,  or in any certificate,  report,  statement or other
document  referred to or  provided  for in, or received by the Agent under or in
connection  with,  this Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  or the validity,
effectiveness,  genuineness,  enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, or for any failure of the Company or any other party to
any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  No Agent-
Related  Person  shall be under any  obligation  to any Bank to  ascertain or to
inquire as to the observance or  performance of any of the agreements  contained
in, or conditions of, this  Agreement or any other Loan Document,  or to inspect
the  properties,  books  or  records  of the  Company  or  any of the  Company's
Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

          10.4  Reliance by Agent.

          (a) The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully  protected
in  relying,  upon  any  writing,  resolution,   notice,  consent,  certificate,

                                     -59-

<PAGE>

affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, statement or
other document or  conversation  believed by it to be genuine and correct and to
have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons,  and upon advice
and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Company),  independent
accountants  and other experts  selected by the Agent.  The Agent shall be fully
justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this  Agreement or any
other Loan Document  unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of
the Required  Banks as it deems  appropriate  and, if it so  requests,  it shall
first be  indemnified  to its  satisfaction  by the  Banks  against  any and all
liability  and  expense  which  may be  incurred  by it by  reason  of taking or
continuing  to take any  such  action.  The  Agent  shall in all  cases be fully
protected in acting,  or in refraining from acting,  under this Agreement or any
other Loan  Document  in  accordance  with a request or consent of the  Required
Banks and such request and any action  taken or failure to act pursuant  thereto
shall be binding upon all of the Banks.

          (b)  For  purposes  of  determining  compliance  with  the  conditions
specified in Section 5.01,  each Bank that has executed this Agreement  shall be
deemed to have consented to,  approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each
document  or other  matter  either  sent by the Agent to such Bank for  consent,
approval,  acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to
or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Bank.

          10.5  Notice  of  Default.  The  Agent  shall  not be  deemed  to have
knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except
with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required
to be paid to the Agent for the  account  of the Banks,  unless the Agent  shall
have  received  written  notice  from a Bank or the  Company  referring  to this
Agreement,  describing  such  Default or Event of Default and stating  that such
notice is a "notice of default".  The Agent will notify the Banks of its receipt
of any such  notice.  The Agent  shall  take such  action  with  respect to such
Default  or  Event of  Default  as may be  requested  by the  Required  Banks in
accordance with Article IX; provided,  however,  that unless and until the Agent
has received  any such  request,  the Agent may (but shall not be obligated  to)
take such  action,  or refrain  from taking such  action,  with  respect to such
Default or Event of Default as it shall deem  advisable or in the best  interest
of the Banks.

          10.6 Credit Decision.  Each Bank  acknowledges that none of the Agent-
Related Persons has made any  representation  or warranty to it, and that no act
by the Agent  hereinafter  taken,  including  any  review of the  affairs of the
Company and its Subsidiaries,  shall be deemed to constitute any  representation
or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Bank. Each Bank represents to the
Agent that it has,  independently  and without  reliance upon any  Agent-Related
Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,
made  its own  appraisal  of and  investigation  into the  business,  prospects,
operations,  property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the
Company and its  Subsidiaries,  and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating
to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into
this  Agreement  and to extend credit to the Company  hereunder.  Each Bank also
represents  that it will,  independently  and without  reliance  upon any Agent-
Related  Person and based on such  documents  and  information  as it shall deem
appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own credit  analysis,  appraisals
and decisions in taking or not taking action under this  Agreement and the other


                                     -60-

<PAGE>

Loan Documents,  and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform
itself as to the business, prospects,  operations, property, financial and other
condition and creditworthiness of the Company.  Except for notices,  reports and
other  documents  expressly  herein required to be furnished to the Banks by the
Agent, the Agent shall not have any duty or  responsibility  to provide any Bank
with any  credit  or  other  information  concerning  the  business,  prospects,
operations,  property,  financial and other condition or creditworthiness of the
Company which may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons.

          10.7  Indemnification of Agent.  Whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, the Banks shall indemnify upon demand the
Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the 
Company and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so), pro rata,
from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided, however, that no
Bank shall be liable for the payment to the Agent-Related Persons of any portion
of such Indemnified Liabilities  resulting  solely from such  Person's  gross  
negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Bank
shall reimburse the Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or  
out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Agent in 
connection  with  the preparation,  execution, delivery,  administration,  
modification,  amendment or enforcement (whether through  negotiations,  legal 
proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or 
responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document
contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Agent is not 
reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Company.  The undertaking in
this Section 10.07 shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and 
the resignation or replacement of the Agent.

          10.8 Agent in Individual  Capacity.  BofA and its  Affiliates may make
loans to,  issue  letters of credit for the account of,  accept  deposits  from,
acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking,  trust,
financial  advisory,  underwriting  or other  business  with the Company and its
Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates  as though BofA were not the Agent  hereunder  and
without notice to or consent of the Banks. The Banks acknowledge that,  pursuant
to such activities, BofA or its Affiliates may receive information regarding the
Company  or  its  Affiliates  (including  information  that  may be  subject  to
confidentiality  obligations  in favor of the  Company or such  Subsidiary)  and
acknowledge  that  the  Agent  shall  be under no  obligation  to  provide  such
information to them. With respect to its Loans,  BofA shall have the same rights
and powers  under this  Agreement as any other Bank and may exercise the same as
though it were not the Agent,  and the terms "Bank" and "Banks"  include BofA in
its individual capacity.

          10.9  Successor  Agent.  The  Agent  may,  and at the  request  of the
Required Banks shall,  resign as Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Banks. If the
Agent resigns under this Agreement,  the Required Banks shall appoint from among
the Banks a  successor  agent  for the  Banks  which  successor  agent  shall be
approved  by the  Company.  If no  successor  agent  is  appointed  prior to the
effective  date of the  resignation of the Agent,  the Agent may appoint,  after
consulting  with the Banks and the  Company,  a  successor  agent from among the
Banks. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, such
successor  agent  shall  succeed  to all the  rights,  powers  and duties of the
retiring  Agent and the term  "Agent"  shall mean such  successor  agent and the
retiring  Agent's  appointment,  powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated.


                                     -61-

<PAGE>

After any retiring  Agent's  resignation  hereunder as Agent,  the provisions of
this Article X and Sections 11.04 and 11.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions  taken or  omitted  to be taken by it  while  it was  Agent  under  this
Agreement.  If no successor agent has accepted  appointment as Agent by the date
which is 30 days  following  a  retiring  Agent's  notice  of  resignation,  the
retiring Agent's  resignation shall nevertheless  thereupon become effective and
the Banks  shall  perform  all of the duties of the Agent  hereunder  until such
time, if any, as the Required  Banks  appoint a successor  agent as provided for
above.

          10.10  Withholding Tax.

          (a) If any  Bank is a  "foreign  corporation,  partnership  or  trust"
within  the  meaning  of the Code and such  Bank  claims  exemption  from,  or a
reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under Sections 1441 or 1442 of the Code, such
Bank  agrees with and in favor of the Agent and the  Company,  to deliver to the
Agent and the Company:

               (i) if such Bank claims an  exemption  from,  or a reduction  of,
     withholding  tax under a United States tax treaty,  two properly  completed
     and executed  copies of IRS Form 1001 before the payment of any interest in
     the first  calendar  year and before the  payment of any  interest  in each
     third succeeding calendar year during which interest may be paid under this
     Agreement;

               (ii) if such Bank claims that interest paid under this  Agreement
     is exempt  from United  States  withholding  tax because it is  effectively
     connected  with the  conduct of a United  States  trade or business by such
     Bank,  two properly  completed and executed  copies of IRS Form 4224 before
     the payment of any  interest is due in the first  taxable year of such Bank
     and in each succeeding  taxable year of such Bank during which interest may
     be paid under this Agreement; and

               (iii) such other form or forms as may be required  under the Code
     or other laws of the United  States as a condition  to exemption  from,  or
     reduction of, United States withholding tax.

          Such Bank agrees to  promptly  notify the Agent and the Company of any
change  in  circumstances  which  would  modify or render  invalid  any  claimed
exemption or reduction.

          (b) If any Bank claims  exemption  from, or reduction of,  withholding
tax under a United  States tax treaty by  providing  IRS Form 1001 and such Bank
sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of
the  Obligations  of the  Company to such Bank,  such Bank  agrees to notify the
Agent and the  Company  of the  percentage  amount in which it is no longer  the
beneficial  owner of  Obligations  of the Company to such Bank. To the extent of
such  percentage  amount,  the Agent and the Company  will treat such Bank's IRS
Form 1001 as no longer valid.

          (c) If any Bank claiming  exemption from United States withholding tax
by filing IRS Form 4224 with the Agent sells,  assigns,  grants a  participation
in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of the Company to such
Bank, such Bank agrees to undertake sole  responsibility  for complying with the
withholding tax requirements imposed by Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code.

                                     -62-

<PAGE>

          (d)  If  any  Bank  is  entitled  to a  reduction  in  the  applicable
withholding tax, the Agent or the Company may withhold from any interest payment
to such Bank an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking
into account such reduction.  

However, if the forms or other documentation  required by subsection (a) of this
Section 10.10 are not  delivered to the Agent or the Company,  then the Agent or
the Company may withhold  from any interest  payment to such Bank not  providing
such  forms  or other  documentation  an  amount  equivalent  to the  applicable
withholding  tax  imposed  by  Sections  1441  and  1442  of the  Code,  without
reduction.

          (e) If the  IRS or any  other  Governmental  Authority  of the  United
States or other  jurisdiction  asserts a claim that the Agent or the Company did
not  properly  withhold  tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Bank
(because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or
because  such  Bank  failed to notify  the Agent or the  Company  of a change in
circumstances  which rendered the exemption  from, or reduction of,  withholding
tax  ineffective,  or for any other reason) such Bank shall  indemnify the Agent
and the Company fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent
or the  Company as tax or  otherwise,  including  penalties  and  interest,  and
including any taxes imposed by any  jurisdiction  on the amounts  payable to the
Agent or the  Company  under this  Section  10.10,  together  with all costs and
expenses  (including  Attorney  Costs).  The  obligation of the Banks under this
subsection  shall survive the payment of all  Obligations and the resignation or
replacement of the Agent.

     10.11  Co-Agents.  None  of the  Banks  identified  on the  facing  page or
signature pages of this Agreement as a "co-agent"  shall have any right,  power,
obligation,  liability,  responsibility  or duty under this Agreement other than
those applicable to all Banks as such.  Without limiting the foregoing,  none of
the Banks so  identified  as a  "co-agent"  shall  have or be deemed to have any
fiduciary  relationship  with any Bank. Each Bank  acknowledges  that it has not
relied,  and will not rely,  on any of the Banks so  identified  in  deciding to
enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------

     11.1  Amendments  and Waivers.  No amendment or waiver of any  provision of
this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  and no consent with respect to any
departure by the Company or any Guarantor  therefrom,  shall be effective unless
the same shall be in writing and signed by the  Required  Banks (or by the Agent
at the written  request of the Required Banks) and the Company or any Guarantor,
as  applicable,  and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective  only in
the specific  instance and for the specific  purpose for which given;  provided,
however, that no such waiver, amendment, or consent shall, unless in writing and
signed by all the Banks and the Company and acknowledged by the Agent, do any of
the following:

          (a) increase or extend the Commitment of any Bank (or reinstate any
Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 9.02);

                                     -63-

<PAGE>


          (b)  postpone or delay any date fixed by this  Agreement  or any other
Loan  Document  for any  payment  of  principal,  interest  other  than  default
interest,  fees or other amounts due to the Banks (or any of them)  hereunder or
under any other Loan Document;

          (c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest  specified herein
on any Loan, or (subject to clause (ii) below) any fees or other amounts payable
hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

          (d) change  the  percentage  of the  Commitments  or of the  aggregate
unpaid  principal  amount of the Loans which is required for the Banks or any of
them to take any action hereunder;

          (e) release (other than a release provided for in the last paragraph
of Section 8.02) any Guarantor from the Subsidiary Guaranty; or

          (f) amend this Section 11.01, or Section 2.14, or any provision herein
providing for consent or other action by all Banks;

and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in
writing  and signed by the Agent in addition  to the  Required  Banks or all the
Banks,  as the case may be,  affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii) the Fee Letter may be amended, or
rights or privileges  thereunder  waived,  in a writing  executed by the parties
thereto.

     11.2  Notices.

          (a) All  notices,  requests,  consents,  approvals,  waivers and other
communications  shall be in writing  (including,  unless the  context  expressly
otherwise  provides,  by  facsimile  transmission,   provided  that  any  matter
transmitted by the Company by facsimile (i) shall be immediately  confirmed by a
telephone call to the recipient at the number  specified on Schedule 11.02,  and
(ii) shall be followed promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof) and
mailed,  faxed or delivered,  to the address or facsimile  number  specified for
notices on Schedule 11.02;  or, as directed to the Company or the Agent, to such
other address as shall be  designated  by such party in a written  notice to the
other  parties,  and as directed to any other  party,  at such other  address as
shall be  designated  by such party in a written  notice to the  Company and the
Agent.

          (b)  All  such  notices,   requests  and  communications  shall,  when
transmitted  by overnight  delivery,  or faxed,  be effective when delivered for
overnight  (next-day)  delivery,  or  transmitted  in legible  form by facsimile
machine,  respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date
deposited  into the U.S.  mail,  or if  delivered,  upon  delivery;  except that
notices  pursuant to Article II or X to the Agent shall not be  effective  until
actually received by the Agent.

          (c) Any agreement of the Agent and the Banks herein to receive certain
notices by  telephone  or  facsimile  is solely for the  convenience  and at the
request of the Company. The Agent and the Banks shall be entitled to rely on the
authority of any Person  purporting to be a Person  authorized by the Company to


                                     -64-

<PAGE>

give such notice and the Agent and the Banks shall not have any liability to the
Company or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the Agent
or the  Banks  in  reliance  upon  such  telephonic  or  facsimile  notice.  The
obligation of the Company to repay the Loans shall not be affected in any way or
to any  extent by any  failure  by the Agent  and the Banks to  receive  written
confirmation  of any telephonic or facsimile  notice or the receipt by the Agent
and the Banks of a confirmation  which is at variance with the terms  understood
by the  Agent and the  Banks to be  contained  in the  telephonic  or  facsimile
notice.

     11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in
exercising,  on the part of the Agent or any Bank, any right,  remedy,  power or
privilege hereunder,  shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any
other or further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other right,  remedy,
power or privilege.

     11.4  Costs and Expenses.  The Company shall:

          (a)  whether  or  not  the   transactions   contemplated   hereby  are
consummated, pay or reimburse the Agent promptly after demand for all reasonable
out-of-pocket  costs and expenses  incurred by the Agent in connection  with the
development,  preparation,  delivery,  administration  and execution of, and any
amendment,  supplement,  waiver or modification to (in each case, whether or not
consummated), this Agreement, any Loan Document and any other documents prepared
in connection  herewith or therewith,  and the  consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby, including reasonable Attorney Costs incurred by
the Agent with respect thereto; and

          (b) pay or reimburse  the Agent,  the Arranger and each Bank  promptly
after demand for all  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs and  expenses  (including
reasonable  Attorney  Costs)  incurred by them in connection  with the exercise,
enforcement,  attempted  enforcement,  or preservation of any rights or remedies
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document during the existence of an Event
of Default or after  acceleration of the Loans (including in connection with any
"workout" or restructuring  regarding the Loans, and including in any Insolvency
Proceeding or appellate proceeding).

     11.5 Company Indemnification.  Whether or not the transactions contemplated
hereby  are  consummated,  the  Company  shall  indemnify,  defend  and hold the
Agent-Related  Persons,  and  each  Bank and  each of its  respective  officers,
directors,  employees,  agents  and  attorneys-in-fact  (each,  an  "Indemnified
Person") harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs, charges,  expenses and
disbursements  (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which
may at any time (including at any time following  repayment of the Loans and the
termination, resignation or replacement of the Agent or replacement of any Bank)
be imposed on, incurred by or asserted  against any such Person in any way 
relating to or arising out of this  Agreement or any Loan Document,  or the  
transactions contemplated hereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such 
Person under or in  connection  with  any  of  the  foregoing,  including  with
respect to any investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any Insolvency
Proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or arising out of this Agreement
or the Loans or the  use of the proceeds thereof, or related to any Offshore  


                                     -65-

<PAGE>

Currency transactions entered into in connection herewith, whether or not any 
Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the  foregoing,  collectively,  the
"Indemnified Liabilities");  provided that the Company shall have no obligation
hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to 
the extent resulting from the gross  negligence or willful  misconduct of such  
Indemnified Person.  The agreements in this Section 11.05 shall survive payment
of all other Obligations.

     11.6 Payments Set Aside.  To the extent that the Company makes a payment to
the  Agent or the  Banks,  or the  Agent or the Banks  exercise  their  right of
set-off,  and such  payment or the  proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof
are subsequently  invalidated,  declared to be fraudulent or  preferential,  set
aside or required  (including  pursuant to any  settlement  entered  into by the
Agent or such Bank in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any
other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a)
to the  extent  of such  recovery  the  obligation  or part  thereof  originally
intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect
as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not  occurred,  and (b)
each Bank severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its pro rata share of
any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent.

     11.7  Successors and Assigns.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors  and assigns,  except that the Company may not assign or transfer any
of its rights or  obligations  under this  Agreement  without the prior  written
consent of the Agent and each Bank.

     11.8  Assignments, Participations, etc.

          (a) Any Bank may,  with the  written  consent  of the  Company  (which
consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld) at all times other than during the
existence of an Event of Default, the Agent and the Issuing Bank, if applicable,
at any time assign and delegate to one or more Eligible Assignees (provided that
no written consent of the Company, the Agent or the Issuing Bank, if applicable,
shall be required in connection  with any assignment and delegation by a Bank to
an Eligible  Assignee  that is an Affiliate  of such Bank) (each an  "Assignee")
all, or any ratable  part of all, of the Loans,  the  Commitments  and the other
rights  and  obligations  of  such  Bank  hereunder,  in  a  minimum  amount  of
$5,000,000;  provided,  however,  that the Company and the Agent may continue to
deal  solely and  directly  with such Bank in  connection  with the  interest so
assigned to an Assignee  until (i) written notice of such  assignment,  together
with payment instructions, addresses and related information with respect to the
Assignee,  shall have been given to the  Company  and the Agent by such Bank and
the Assignee; (ii) such Bank and its Assignee shall have delivered to the 
Company and the Agent an Assignment  and Acceptance in the form of  Exhibit E  
("Assignment  and  Acceptance")  together with any Note or Notes subject to such
assignment  and (iii) the assignor Bank or Assignee has paid to the Agent a 
processing fee in the amount of $3,500.

          (b) From and after the date that the Agent  notifies the assignor Bank
that it has  received  (and  provided  its consent  with respect to) an executed
Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the  above-referenced  processing  fee,
(i) the  Assignee  thereunder  shall be a party  hereto  and, to the extent that
rights and  obligations  hereunder  have been  assigned  to it  pursuant to such


                                     -66-

<PAGE>

Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights and obligations of a Bank under
the Loan Documents,  and (ii) the assignor Bank shall, to the extent that rights
and obligations  hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned
by it pursuant to such Assignment and  Acceptance,  relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Loan Documents.

          (c) Within five Business Days after its receipt of notice by the Agent
that it has received an executed  Assignment  and  Acceptance and payment of the
processing  fee, (and provided that it consents to such assignment in accordance
with subsection  11.08(a)),  the Company shall execute and deliver to the Agent,
new Notes  evidencing such Assignee's  assigned Loans and Commitment and, if the
assignor  Bank  has  retained  a  portion  of  its  Loans  and  its  Commitment,
replacement  Notes in the principal amount of the Loans retained by the assignor
Bank (such Notes to be in exchange for, but not in payment of, the Notes held by
such Bank).  Immediately upon each Assignee's  making its processing fee payment
under  the  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  this  Agreement  shall be deemed to be
amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition
of  the  Assignee  and  the  resulting  adjustment  of the  Commitments  arising
therefrom.   The  Commitment  allocated  to  each  Assignee  shall  reduce  such
Commitments of the assigning Bank pro tanto. The Agent shall not deliver any new
Notes executed by the Company unless the Agent shall have received the old Notes
to be  replaced  or  customary  indemnification  in favor of the  Agent  and the
Company  with  respect  to lost or  destroyed  notes.  Such old  Notes  shall be
promptly returned to the Company.

          (d) Any Bank may at any time sell to one or more  commercial  banks or
other  Persons not  Affiliates  of the Company (a  "Participant")  participating
interests in any Loans,  the Commitment of that Bank and the other  interests of
that Bank (the "originating Bank") hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;
provided,  however,  that (i) the  originating  Bank's  obligations  under  this
Agreement shall remain unchanged,  (ii) the originating Bank shall remain solely
responsible for the performance of such  obligations,  (iii) the Company and the
Agent shall  continue to deal solely and directly with the  originating  Bank in
connection  with the  originating  Bank's  rights  and  obligations  under  this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (iv) no Bank shall transfer or grant
any participating interest under which the Participant has rights to approve any
amendment  to, or any consent or waiver with  respect to, this  Agreement or any
other Loan  Document,  except to the extent  such  amendment,  consent or waiver
would require  unanimous  consent of the Banks as described in the first proviso
to Section 11.01. In the case of any such participation,  the Participant shall
be  entitled  to the benefit of Sections 4.01,  4.03 and 11.05 as though it were
also a Bank  hereunder.  Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, all
amounts payable by the Company or any Subsidiary under this Agreement and each 
other Loan Document shall be determined as if no such participation had been 
sold.

          (e)  Notwithstanding  any other provision in this Agreement,  any Bank
may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge,  all or any portion of
its rights under and interest in this Agreement and the Note held by it in favor
of any Federal  Reserve Bank in accordance  with Regulation A of the FRB or U.S.
Treasury Regulation 31 CFR (S)203.14,  and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce
such pledge or security  interest in any manner  permitted under applicable law.
Notwithstanding  any such pledge,  such Bank shall remain  liable to the Company
and the Issuing  Bank as if such  pledge had not been made.  In the event of any
enforcement  or proposed  enforcement  of such pledge the Company shall have the
right to replace such Bank pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09.
                                     -67-

<PAGE>

     11.9 Confidentiality.  Each Bank agrees to take and to cause its Affiliates
to take normal and reasonable  precautions and exercise due care to maintain the
confidentiality  of all information  identified as "confidential" or "secret" by
the Company and provided to it by the Company or any Subsidiary, or by the Agent
on the Company's or such Subsidiary's  behalf, under this Agreement or any other
Loan  Document,  and  neither  it nor any of its  Affiliates  shall use any such
information  other than in connection  with or in  enforcement of this Agreement
and the other  Loan  Documents  or in  connection  with  other  business  now or
hereafter existing or contemplated with the Company or any Subsidiary; except to
the extent such information (a) was or becomes generally available to the public
other  than as a  result  of  disclosure  by the  Bank,  or (b)  was or  becomes
available  on a  non-confidential  basis from a source  other than the  Company,
provided that such source is not bound by a  confidentiality  agreement with the
Company known to the Bank;  provided,  however,  that any Bank may disclose such
information   (i)  at  the  request  or  pursuant  to  any  requirement  of  any
Governmental  Authority  to which the Bank is subject or in  connection  with an
examination  of such Bank by any such  authority;  (ii)  pursuant to subpoena or
other  court  process;  (iii)  when  required  to do so in  accordance  with the
provisions of any applicable  Requirement of Law; (iv) to the extent  reasonably
required in connection with any litigation or proceeding to which the Agent, any
Bank or their respective  Affiliates may be party; (v) to the extent  reasonably
required in  connection  with the exercise of any remedy  hereunder or under any
other  Loan  Document;  (vi) to  such  Bank's  independent  auditors  and  other
professional  advisors;  (vii)  to  any  Participant  or  Assignee,   actual  or
potential,  provided that such Person agrees in writing to keep such information
confidential  to the same extent required of the Banks  hereunder;  (viii) as to
any Bank or its Affiliate,  as expressly  permitted under the terms of any other
document  or  agreement  regarding  confidentiality  to which the Company or any
Subsidiary  is party or is deemed  party with such Bank or such  Affiliate;  and
(ix) to its Affiliates,  provided that such Affiliate uses such information only
in connection with this Agreement and agrees in writing to keep such information
confidential.

     11.10  Set-off.  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Banks
provided by law, if an Event of Default exists or the Loans have been
accelerated, each Bank is authorized at any time and from time to time, without
prior notice to the Company, any such notice  being waived by the Company to the
fullest  extent  permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all  deposits  
(general  or  special,  time or demand, provisional  or final) at any time held
by, and other indebtedness  at any time owing by, such Bank to or for the credit
or the  account of the Company  against any and all Obligations owing  to such 
Bank,  now or  hereafter  existing, irrespective of whether or not the Agent or
such Bank  shall have made  demand under this Agreement or any Loan Document and
although such  Obligations  may be contingent or unmatured. Each Bank agrees 
promptly to notify the Company and the Agent after any such  set-off  and  
application  made by such  Bank;  provided, however,  that the failure to give 
such notice  shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

     11.11  Notification  of Addresses,  Lending  Offices,  Etc. Each Bank shall
notify the Agent in writing of any  changes in the  address to which  notices to
the Bank should be  directed,  of addresses  of any Lending  Office,  of payment
instructions  in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder  and of such
other administrative information as the Agent shall reasonably request.



                                     -68-

<PAGE>

     11.12  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any  number  of
separate  counterparts,  each of  which,  when so  executed,  shall be deemed an
original,  and all of said  counterparts  taken  together  shall  be  deemed  to
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     11.13 Severability.  The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of
this Agreement or any instrument or agreement  required  hereunder  shall not in
any way  affect  or impair  the  legality  or  enforceability  of the  remaining
provisions of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

     11.14 No Third Parties  Benefited.  This Agreement is made and entered into
for the sole protection and legal benefit of the Company,  the Banks,  the Agent
and the Agent-Related  Persons,  and their permitted successors and assigns, and
no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal  beneficiary of, or have any
direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection  with,  this Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents.

     11.15  Governing Law and Jurisdiction.

          (a) THIS  AGREEMENT  AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE  WITH,  THE LAW OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS;  PROVIDED THAT THE AGENT
AND THE BANKS SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

          (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING  WITH RESPECT TO THIS  AGREEMENT OR
ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS OR
OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS, AND BY EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY  OF THIS  AGREEMENT,  EACH OF THE  COMPANY,  THE  AGENT  AND THE  BANKS
CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE  
JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH OF THE COMPANY,  THE AGENT AND THE BANKS  
IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES ANY  OBJECTION,  INCLUDING  ANY  OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF
VENUE OR BASED ON THE  GROUNDS OF FORUM NON  CONVENIENS,  WHICH IT MAY NOW OR  
HEREAFTER  HAVE TO THE  BRINGING  OF ANY  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  IN SUCH 
JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT  RELATED  HERETO.  THE
COMPANY,  THE AGENT AND THE BANKS EACH WAIVE  PERSONAL  SERVICE OF ANY  SUMMONS,
COMPLAINT OR OTHER  PROCESS,  WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS  PERMITTED BY
ILLINOIS LAW.

     11.16 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE COMPANY, THE BANKS AND THE AGENT EACH WAIVE
THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED
UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS,
OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR
OTHER  LITIGATION  OF ANY TYPE  BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES  AGAINST ANY OTHER
PARTY OR ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON, PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT
TO CONTRACT CLAIMS,  TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE.  THE COMPANY,  THE BANKS AND THE
AGENT  EACH  AGREE  THAT ANY SUCH  CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION  SHALL BE TRIED BY A
COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING,  THE PARTIES FURTHER
AGREE THAT THEIR  RESPECTIVE  RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF
THIS SECTION  11.16 AS TO ANY ACTION,  COUNTERCLAIM  OR OTHER  PROCEEDING  WHICH
SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR  ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS
AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION  HEREOF OR THEREOF.  THIS
WAIVER  SHALL  APPLY TO ANY  SUBSEQUENT  AMENDMENTS,  RENEWALS,  SUPPLEMENTS  OR
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.




                                     -69-

<PAGE>

     11.17 Judgment. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it
is  necessary to convert a sum due  hereunder or any other Loan  Document in one
currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which
in accordance with normal banking  procedures the Agent could purchase the first
currency with such other  currency on the Business Day  preceding  that on which
final  judgment is given.  The  obligation of the Company in respect of any such
sum due from it to the Agent hereunder or under the other Loan Documents  shall,
notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the "Judgment  Currency") other than
that in  which  such  sum is  denominated  in  accordance  with  the  applicable
provisions of this Agreement (the "Agreement  Currency"),  be discharged only to
the extent that on the  Business Day  following  receipt by the Agent of any sum
adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Agent may in accordance with
normal  banking  procedures  purchase the  Agreement  Currency with the Judgment
Currency.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the
sum originally due to the Agent in the Agreement  Currency,  the Company agrees,
as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the
Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss.  If the
amount of the Agreement currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally
due to the Agent in such  currency, the Agent agrees to return the amount of any
excess to the Company (or to any other Person who may be entitled  thereto under
applicable law).

     11.18  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement,  together  with the other  Loan
Documents  supersedes  the  commitment  letter  dated  March 13,  1996 among the
Company,   BofA  and  the  Arranger  and  embodies  the  entire   agreement  and
understanding  among the Company,  the Banks and the Agent,  and  supersedes all
prior or contemporaneous  agreements and understandings of such Persons,  verbal
or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.


                            [signature pages follow]

























                                     -70-

<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly  executed  and  delivered  in Chicago,  Illinois  by their  proper and duly
authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

                            PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.

                            By: /s/ Ullrich E. Porzig
                                  ------------------------------------

                             Name: Ullrich E. Porzig
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: SVP/Chief Financial Officer
                                     ---------------------------------


                              By: /s/ Ronald A. Cooperman
                                  ------------------------------------

                            Name: Ronald A. Cooperman
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: VP/Controller
                                     ---------------------------------


                              BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                              AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent

                               By: /s/ Alice Zane
                                  ------------------------------------

                                Name: Alice Zane
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Vice President
                                     ---------------------------------


                              BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                              AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as a Bank

                             By: /s/ Sandra S. Ober
                                  ------------------------------------

                              Name: Sandra S. Ober
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Vice President
                                     ---------------------------------







<PAGE>

                              BANK IV, N.A.

                             By: /s/ Carol A. Pecis
                                  ------------------------------------

                              Name: Carol A. Pecis
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Senior Vice President
                                     ---------------------------------

                              THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON

                            By: /s/ Peter L. Griswold
                                  ------------------------------------

                             Name: Peter L. Griswold
                                    ----------------------------------

                                 Title: Director
                                     ---------------------------------

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                             By: /s/ Charlotte Sohn
                                  ------------------------------------

                              Name: Charlotte Sohn
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Vice President
                                     ---------------------------------

                               COMMERCE BANK, N.A.

                             By: /s/ Jeffrey R. Gray
                                  ------------------------------------

                              Name: Jeffrey R. Gray
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Vice President
                                     ---------------------------------

                                 CORESTATES BANK

                              By: /s/ Randal D. Southern
                                  ------------------------------------

                            Name: Randal D. Southern
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Vice President
                                     ---------------------------------


                                     S-2

<PAGE>

                              THE DAI-ICHI KANGYO BANK, LTD.,
                              BRANCH


                              By: /s/ Takeshi Hemmi
                                  ------------------------------------

                               Name: Takeshi Hemmi
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Vice President
                                     ---------------------------------

                              THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

                             By: /s/ Lynn R. Dillon
                                  ------------------------------------

                              Name: Lynn R. Dillon
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: As authorized
                                     ---------------------------------

                             WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

                             By: /s/ Peter G. Olson
                                  ------------------------------------

                              Name: Peter G. Olson
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Senior Vice President
                                     ---------------------------------

                             THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED

                            By: /s/ Peter L. Chinnici
                                  ------------------------------------

                             Name: Peter L. Chinnici
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Joint General Manager
                                     ---------------------------------

                              PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                              By: /s/ David M. Eichenlaub
                                  ------------------------------------

                            Name: David M. Eichenlaub
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Vice President
                                     ---------------------------------

                                     S-3
<PAGE>

                              UNION   BANK,   a   division   of  Union  Bank  of
                              California, N.A.

                              By: /s/ Cecilia M. Valente
                                  ------------------------------------

                            Name: Cecilia M. Valente
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Vice President
                                     ---------------------------------

                              UMB BANK, n.a.

                             By: /s/ Douglas F. Page
                                  ------------------------------------

                              Name: Douglas F. Page
                                    ----------------------------------

                              Title: Executive Vice President
                                     ---------------------------------

































                                       S-4


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                               Exhibit 10.3

                      EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
                             FOR PAYLESS EXECUTIVES
                   (Amended and Restated, as of May 4, 1996)

    This document constitutes and sets forth the terms of the Payless
ShoeSource, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan for Payless
Executives.

    Section 1. PURPOSES OF THE PLAN. The purposes of the Plan are (i) to
provide a means to attract, retain and motivate talented  personnel and
(ii) to provide to  participating management  employees added incentive 
for high levels of performance and for  additional effort to improve the
Company's financial performance.  Payments of awards under this Plan are
intended to qualify for tax deductibility  under the  provisions of Section 
162(m) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). 
Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Plan,  if any  decision  must
be made before a specified  date in order for payments  to qualify  for
such tax  deductibility  under the tax rules in effect from time to time,
then such decision is to be made before such date.

    Section 2.  DEFINITIONS.  Whenever used herein, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

       (a) "Annual  Award"  means,  for a  Participant  for a Fiscal Year, 
the product of the  Participant's  Minimum Annual  Compensation  for such
Fiscal Year multiplied by the aggregate of:

         (i) the Participant's Annual EPS Factor for such Fiscal Year, plus

         (ii) the Participant's Annual RONA Factor for such Fiscal Year.

       (b) "Annual EPS Factor" means,  for a Participant  for a Fiscal Year
(i)five  percent, if actual EPS Growth for such  Fiscal Year equals or
exceeds the  Participant's  Threshold  Annual EPS Growth  Objective  for
such Fiscal Year, plus (ii) ten percent multiplied by a fraction (not less
than zero and not greater than one),  the  numerator of which is the actual
EPS Growth for such  Fiscal  Year  less  the  Participant's  Threshold 
Annual  EPS  Growth Objective  for  such  Fiscal  Year  and  the 
denominator  of  which  is the Participant's  Maximum Annual EPS Growth
Objective for such Fiscal Year less the  Participant's  Threshold  Annual
EPS Growth  Objective  for such Fiscal Year; provided, however,

        (i)   that the Annual EPS Factor shall be subject to adjustment as
              provided in Section 6(b);

        (ii)  that the percentages referred to in this definition may be
              adjusted by the Committee as provided in Section 4(b); and

        (iii) that the percentages referred to in this definition may be
              adjusted by the Committee as provided in Section 4(c).

        (c) "Annual RONA Factor" means,  for a Participant for a Fiscal
Year (i) five  percent if actual  RONA for such  Fiscal  Year  equals or
exceeds  the Participant's  Threshold  Annual RONA  Objective for such
Fiscal Year,  plus (ii) ten  percent  multiplied  by a  fraction  (not 
less  than zero and not greater than one), the numerator of which is the 

<PAGE>
actual RONA for such Fiscal Year less the Participant's  Threshold Annual
RONA Objective for such Fiscal Year and the denominator of which is the 
Participant's  Maximum Annual RONA Objective for such Fiscal Year less the
Participant's  Threshold Annual RONA Objective for such Fiscal Year;
provided, however,

        (i)   that the Annual RONA Factor shall be subject to adjustment as
              provided in Section 6(b);

        (ii)  that the percentages referred to in this definition may be
              adjusted by the Committee as provided in Section 4(b); and

        (iii) that the percentages referred to in this definition may be
              adjusted by the Committee as provided in Section 4(c).

        (d) "Average Annual Compensation" means, for a Long-Term 
Performance Period, the Participant's average annual salary rate during
such period, determined on a monthly basis, or such lesser amount as the
Participant and the Company shall agree to, in writing.

        (e) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

        (f) "Committee" means a committee  designated by the Board,  which
shall consist of not less than two members of the Board who shall be 
appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board and who shall be
"outside"  directors within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

        (g) "Company" means Payless ShoeSource, Inc.

        (h)  "Disability"  means the inability of a  Participant  to
perform the normal duties of the Participant's regular occupation.

        (i) "EPS Growth" means (i) for a Fiscal Year,  the annual growth
rate in EPS measured  from the  immediately  preceding  Fiscal Year;  and
(ii) for a Long-Term  Performance  Period,  the  compound  annual  growth 
rate  in EPS measured   from  the  Fiscal  Year   immediately   preceding 
the  Long-Term Performance  Period to the last  Fiscal  Year in the 
Long-Term  Performance Period.  For purposes of this definition,  "EPS" for
a Fiscal Year means the Company's  EPS for such  Fiscal Year as  reported 
in the  Company's  annual report to its shareholders  for the year of
determination  (or, in the event that such item is not included in such
annual report, such comparable figure as may be determined by the
Committee) adjusted by the Company's independent certified public 
accountants to exclude such non-recurring or extraordinary items  as the 
Committee  shall  determine  are  not  representative  of the on-going
operations of the Company.

        (j) "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of the Company.

        (k)  "Long-Term Award" means, for a Participant for a Long-Term
Performance  Period,  the  product  of  the  Participant's   Average 
Annual Compensation for such period multiplied by the aggregate of:

           (i) the Participant's Long-Term EPS Factor for such period, plus



                                      2

<PAGE>

           (ii) the Participant's Long-Term RONA Factor for such period
   as such product is adjusted in accordance with Section 5(b) of the Plan.

      (l) "Long -Term EPS Factor"  means,  for a  Participant  for a
Long-Term Performance  Period, (i) five  percent if actual EPS Growth for
such period equals or exceeds the Participant's Threshold Long-Term EPS
Growth Objective for such period,  plus (ii) ten percent  multiplied  by a
fraction (not less than zero and not greater than one) the numerator of
which is the actual EPS Growth for such period less the Participant's
Threshold Long-Term EPS Growth Objective for such period and the
denominator of which is the  Participant's Maximum Long-Term EPS Growth
Objective for such period less the Participant's Threshold Long-Term EPS
Growth Objective for such period; provided, however,

       (i)  that the Long-Term EPS Factor shall be subject to adjustment as
            provided in Section 6(b); and

       (ii) that the percentages referred to in this definition may be
            adjusted by the Committee as provided in Section 5(c).

        (m) "Long-Term Performance Period" means three consecutive Fiscal
Years; provided, however, that the first Long-Term  Performance  Period
under the Plan shall be Fiscal Year 1996 and the second Long-Term 
Performance  Period under the Plan shall be Fiscal Years 1996 and 1997.

        (n)  "Long-Term  RONA Factor" means,  for a Participant  for a
Long-Term Performance Period (i) five percent if actual RONA for such
period equals or exceeds the Participant's Threshold Long-Term RONA
Objective for such period plus (ii) ten percent  multiplied  by a fraction
(not less than zero and not greater than one), the numerator of which is
the actual RONA for such period less the  Participant's  Threshold 
Long-Term RONA Objective for such period and the  denominator of which is
the  Participant's  Maximum  Long-Term RONA Objective for such period less
the  Participant's  Threshold  Long-Term RONA Objective for such period;
provided, however,

        (i) that the Long-Term RONA Factor shall be subject to adjustment
            as provided in Section 6(b); and

        (ii) that the percentages referred to in this definition may be
             adjusted by the Committee as provided in Section 5(c).

        (o) "Market  Value" means the average  closing price of the Stock
on the New York  Stock  Exchange,  Inc.  during the month of  February  of
the year specified; provided, however, that "Market Value" for Fiscal Year
1996 means the  arithmetic  average of the high and low trading  prices of
the Stock on the New York Stock  Exchange  for each of the first 30 trading
days on which trading in the Stock on that exchange occurs

        (p)  "Minimum  Annual  Compensation"  means,  for  a  Fiscal  Year, 
the Participant's  rate of minimum  annual salary on the first day of the
fiscal month of November in the Fiscal Year.

        (q)  "Participant"  means an individual who has been designated to
participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 3 of the Plan.

                                      3

<PAGE>

        (r) "Plan" mean the Payless ShoeSource, Inc. Executive Incentive 
Compensation Plan for Payless Executives.

        (s) "Relative Performance Rank" means, for a Fiscal Year or for a
Long-Term Performance Period, the relative rank of the Company (as among
the Company and a group of competitors designated by the Committee) based
on the EPS Growth and RONA, respectively, of all such corporations for such
corporations' comparable fiscal periods, as determined by the Committee. 
Relative Performance Rank shall be determined based on data provided by the
Company's independent certified public accountants from publicly available
information about all such corporations, and adjusted by such independent
certified public accountants for comparability (adjustments for LIFO, major
non-recurring transactions, etc.) subject to the direction and approval of
the Committee.  The Committee may change the number of competitors or 
corporations included in the group when, as a result of extraordinary or 
unforeseen events, it is no longer appropriate for a particular corporation 
to be included in the competitor group (such as when one of the group
ceases operations, merges with another corporation, files for bankruptcy
protection or significantly changes the nature of its business).

        (t) "Retirement" means, as to a Participant,  retirement as that
word is defined in the Company's Profit Sharing Plan.

        (u)  "RONA" means (i) for a Fiscal Year, the Company's return on
beginning net assets for such Fiscal Year as reported in the Company's
annual report to its shareowners for the year of determination (or,in the
event that such item is not included in such annual report, such comparable
figure as may be determined by the Committee) adjusted by the Company's
independent certified public accountants to exclude such non-recurring or
extraordinary items as the Committee shall determine are not representative
of the ongoing operations of the Company; and (ii) for a Long-Term
Performance Period, the sum of the RONA for each Fiscal Year in the Long-
Term Performance Period divided by three.

        (v) "Stock" means the common stock of the Company.

        (w)  "Subsidiary"  means a subsidiary  corporation of the Company
within the meaning of Section 425(f) of Code.

        (x) The terms "Maximum Annual EPS Growth Objective,"  "Maximum
Long-Term EPS Growth Objective,"  "Target Annual EPS Growth Objective," 
"Target Long-Term  EPS  Growth  Objective,"  "Threshold  Annual  EPS 
Growth  Objective,"  "Threshold Long-Term EPS Growth Objective," "Maximum
Annual RONA Objective,"  "Maximum Long-Term RONA Objective,"  "Target
Annual RONA Objective," "Target Long-Term RONA Objective,"  "Threshold
Annual RONA Objective" and "Threshold Long-Term RONA Objective" shall mean
the respective objectives determined by the Committee for each Participant
pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.

    Section  3.  ELIGIBILITY.  Management employees of the Company and its
Subsidiaries shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. The Committee
may, in its sole discretion, designate any such individual as a 
Participant for a particular Fiscal Year and/or for a particular Long-Term 
Performance Period before the end of such Fiscal Year and Long-Term 
Performance Period, respectively.  Designation of an individual as a
Participant for any period shall not require designation of such individual 

                                      4
<PAGE>

as a Participant in any other period, and designation of one individual as
a Participant shall not require designation of any other individual as a
Participant in such period or in any other period.

    Section 4. ANNUAL AWARD.  (a) Subject to the other provisions of the
Plan, a Participant for a Fiscal Year who is designated as such for an
entire Fiscal Year shall be entitled to an Annual Award for such Fiscal 
Year.  Subject to the other provisions of the Plan, a Participant for a
Fiscal Year who is designated as such for less than an entire Fiscal Year 
shall be entitled to a reduced Annual Award for such Fiscal Year equal to
the Annual Award for such Fiscal Year multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which shall be the number of complete fiscal months between
(i) the first day of the fiscal month in which occurs the date as of which 
the  Participant  was so  designated  and (ii) the end of such Fiscal Year
and the denominator of which shall be twelve.

    (b) The Committee may change the percentages referred to in the 
definitions of "Annual EPS Factor" and "Annual RONA Factor" for any Fiscal 
Year, provided that the maximum Annual Award which may be paid under such
different percentage may not be greater than 45% of the Participant's
Minimum Annual Compensation for such Fiscal Year.

    (c) The percentages referred to in the definitions of "Annual EPS
Factor" and  "Annual RONA Factor" may be adjusted by the Committee, in its 
sole discretion, to provide that such percentages

    (i)  with respect to the chairman of the Board and chief executive 
officer of the Company may be up to two times the percentages stated in
such definitions (subject to a maximum of 37.5% for each factor), and

    (ii) with respect to the president of the Company may be up to one and
two-thirds times the percentages stated in such definitions (subject to a
maximum of 31.25% for each factor).

    (d)  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the maximum 
dollar amount of any Annual Award for any Participant for any Fiscal Year
shall not exceed $1,500,000.

    Section 5. LONG-TERM AWARD. (a) Subject to the other provisions of the
Plan, a Participant for a Long-Term Performance Period who is designated as
such for an entire Long-Term Performance Period shall be entitled to a 
Long-Term Award for such period.  Subject to the other provisions of the
Plan, a Participant for a Long-Term Performance Period who is designated as
such for less than an entire Long-Term Performance Period shall be entitled
to a reduced Long-Term Award for such period equal to the Long-Term Award 
for such period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be
the number of complete fiscal months between (i) the first day of the 
fiscal month in which occurs the date as of which the Participant was so 
designated and (ii) the end of such Long-Term Performance Period and the
denominator of which shall be thirty-six.

    (b) The Long-Term Award otherwise payable pursuant to Section 5(a) of
the Plan for a Long-Term Performance Period shall be adjusted by
multiplying such Long-Term Award by a percentage equal to a fraction, the 
numerator of which shall be the Market Value of the Stock in February of
the calendar year in which such Long-Term Performance Period ends and the 

                                      5
<PAGE>

denominator of which shall be the Market Value of the Stock in February of
the calendar year in which such Long-Term Performance Period begins;
provided, however, that such percentage shall in no event be greater than
one hundred fifty percent nor less than seventy-five percent.

    (c) The percentages referred to in the definitions of "Long-Term EPS
Factor" and "Long-Term RONA Factor" may be adjusted by the Committee, in
its sole discretion, to provide that such percentages

    (i)  with respect to the chairman of the Board and chief executive 
officer of the Company may be up to two times the percentages stated in
such definitions (subject to a maximum of 37.5% for each factor), and

    (ii) with respect to the president of the Company may be up to one and
two-thirds times the percentages stated in such definitions (subject to a
maximum of 31.25% for each factor).

    (d)  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the maximum 
dollar amount of any Long-Term Award for any Participant for any Long-Term 
Performance Period shall not exceed $1,500,000.

    Section 6.  ADJUSTMENTS.  (a)  DISCRETIONARY ADJUSTMENT OF AWARDS.  In
the event that the Committee determines, in its absolute discretion, that
an Annual Award or a Long-Term Award payable to a Participant in accordance
with the other terms of the Plan should be adjusted, upwards or downwards,
based on all the facts and circumstances known to the Committee at the
time, then, the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion,
increase or decrease any such Annual Award or Long-Term Award to such
amount as it determines; provided, however, that the Committee may not
adjust upwards any Annual Award or Long-Term Award of any Participant who
is a "covered employee" (as defined in Section 162 (m) of the Code and the
regulations  thereunder) with respect to the particular performance period
for which the Annual Award or Long-Term Award is being granted.

    (b) ADJUSTMENT FOR RELATIVE RANK. A Participant's Annual EPS Factor, 
Annual RONA Factor, Long-Term EPS Factor and Long-Term RONA Factor shall be
adjusted in the following manner based upon the  number of competitors in
the group of competitors used to determine the Company's Relative 
Performance Rank and the Company's Relative Performance Rank therein:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Number of Competitor Companies (not including the Company)
                              20    19    18    17    16    15    14    13    12    11    10    9     8     7     6     5     4
<S>                          <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C> 
Factor will be no less than
 "Target" if the Company's   1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st - 1st
 rank  is:                   6th   5th   5th   5th   5th   4th   4th   4th   4th   3rd   3rd   3rd   3rd   2nd   2nd   2nd   2nd

Factor will be no less than
"Threshold" if the Company's 7th - 7th - 6th - 6th - 6th - 6th - 5th - 5th - 5th - 4th - 4th - 4th - 4th - 3rd - 3rd - 3rd - 3rd
rank is:                     11th  10th  10th  9th   9th   8th   8th   8th   7th   6th   6th   6th   6th   4th   4th   4th   4th





                                                                 6
<PAGE>

Factor will be no higher than
"Threshold" if the Company's 16th- 16th- 15th- 14th- 13th- 13th- 12th- 11th- 10th- 10th- 9th - 8th - 7th - 7th - 6th - 5th - 5th
rank is:                     21st  20th  19th  18th  17th  16th  15th  14th  13th  12th  11th  10th  9th   8th   7th   6th 
</TABLE>

    Section 7.  ANNUAL AND LONG-TERM TARGETS. Threshold, target and 
maximum annual and long-term objectives with respect to EPS Growth and with
respect to RONA shall be determined by the Committee as soon as 
practicable prior to the commencement of each Fiscal Year and each Long-
Term Performance Period for each Participant or within the period 
permitted by applicable law. The Committee shall cause the respective 
objectives for each Participant to be provided to such Participant as soon
thereafter as practicable. Such objectives shall remain in effect for the 
entire Fiscal Year or Long-Term Performance Period, as appropriate.

    Section 8.  PAYMENT OF AWARDS.  (a) Annual Awards for a Fiscal Year
shall be payable in cash within three months after the close of such Fiscal
Year or as soon thereafter as practicable.

    (b) Long-Term Awards for a Long-Term Performance Period shall be
payable in cash within three months after the close of such Long-Term
Performance Period or as soon thereafter as practicable.

    (c) A Participant may elect to defer all or a portion of an award by
making such election under the Deferred Compensation Plan with respect to
such award Such election must be made not later than December 31 of the 
calendar year preceding the commencement of the Fiscal Year or Long-Term 
Performance Period, as appropriate.

    (d) The Company shall have the right to deduct any sums that federal, 
state or local tax laws require to be withheld with respect to any payment
of awards.

    (e) Before any award is paid to a Participant who is a "covered 
employee" (as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations 
thereunder), the Committee shall certify in writing that the material terms
of the Plan have been satisfied.

    Section 9.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

    (a) Death or Disability.  In the event of either the death or
Disability of the Participant while employed (a "Section 9(a) Event"), the
Participant shall be entitled to the following:

        (i) An Annual Award with respect to the Fiscal Year in which the
Section 9(a) Event occurs equal to the Annual Award otherwise payable (if
any) for that Fiscal Year, prorated to the end of the fiscal month in which
such Section 9(a) Event occurs; and

        (ii) A Long-Term Award with respect to each Long-Term Performance
Period which includes the Fiscal Year of the Section 9(a) Event; provided,
however, that for purposes of this Section 9(a)(ii) the Long-Term Award for
any Long-Term Performance Period (1) shall be determined at the end of the
Fiscal Year in which the Section 9(a) Event occurs, (2) shall be determined
(and averages used in that determination shall be calculated) based only on
the Fiscal Year and any preceding Fiscal Years otherwise included in the

                                      7
<PAGE>

Long-Term Performance Period and (3) shall be prorated to the end of the
fiscal month in which the Section 9(a) Event occurs.

    (b) Retirement.

        (i) In the event of the Retirement of the Participant with the
written consent of the Company, such event shall be deemed to be a Section
9(a) Event, and the Participant shall be entitled to an Annual Award and to
a Long-Term Award as provided in Section 9(a).

        (ii) In the event of the Retirement of the Participant without the
consent of the Company (a "Section  9(b)(ii) Event"), the Participant shall
be entitled to the following:

           (1) An Annual Award with respect to the Fiscal Year in which the
Section 9(b)(ii) Event occurs equal to the Annual Award otherwise payable 
(if any) for the Fiscal Year, prorated to the end of the fiscal month in
which the Section 9(b)(ii) Event occurs; and

           (2) No Long-Term Award following the Section 9(b)(ii) Event. 
The Participant shall forfeit any right or entitlement to any award with   
respect to any Long-Term Performance Period which has not been completed on
the date of the Section 9(b)(ii) Event. Any Long-Term Award for a period 
which ended prior to the Section 9(b)(ii) Event shall remain unaffected.

    (c) Termination of Employment.

        (i) In the event of the termination of employment of the
Participant not covered by Sections  9(a) or 9(b) above which occurs at the
end of the term of the Participant's then-current written employment
agreement (if any) with the Company or Subsidiary, or in the event of such
a termination of a Participant who has no current written employment
agreement with the Company or Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to be
a Section 9(b)(ii) Event, and the Participant shall be entitled to an
Annual Award (but not to a Long-Term Award) as provided in Section
9(b)(ii).

        (ii) In the event of the termination of employment of the 
Participant not covered by Sections 9(a) or 9(b) above before the end of
the term of the Participant's then-current written employment agreement (if
any) with the Company or Subsidiary, with the written consent of the
Company (a "Section 9(c)(ii) Event"), the Participant shall be entitled to
the following:

           (1) An Annual  Award with respect to the Fiscal Year in which
the Section 9(c)(ii) Event occurs equal to the actual award otherwise
payable for the Fiscal Year (if any); provided, however, that in the event 
that the term of the Participant's then-current employment agreement is due
to expire during that Fiscal Year, then the Annual Award shall be prorated
to the end of the fiscal  month in which such term is due to expire; and







                                      8
<PAGE>


           (2) A Long-Term Award with respect to each Long-Term 
Performance Period which includes the Fiscal Year of the 9(c)(ii) Event
equal to the Long-Term Award otherwise payable with respect to each Long-
Term Performance Period; provided, however, that in the event that the term
of the Participant's then-current employment agreement (if any) with the
Company is otherwise due to expire during any such period, then the Long-
Term Award with respect to such period shall be prorated to the end of the 
calendar month in which such term is due to expire.

        (iii) In the event of the termination of employment of the 
Participant not otherwise covered by this Section 9 before the end of the
term of the then-current written employment agreement (if any) with the
Company or Subsidiary, without the written consent of the Company, the
Participant shall not be entitled to any Annual Award or to any Long-Term
Award with respect to any Fiscal Year or Long-Term Performance Period which
has not been completed as of the date of such termination of employment. 
The Participant shall forfeit any right or interest in any award for any
such Fiscal Year or Long-Term Performance Period. Annual Awards and  Long-
Term Awards with respect to Fiscal Years and Long-Term Performance Periods 
which ended prior to the date of such termination of employment shall
remain unaffected.

    (d) For purposes of this Section 9, the term "written consent of the
Company" shall refer to an express written consent of the Company, duly
executed by the Company, which, by its own terms, expressly refers to this
Section 9 of the Plan.

    Section 10. CHANGES IN RESPONSIBILITIES. In the event that (i) the
duties of a Participant change and the Participant becomes eligible to 
participate in another bonus plan of the Company, or (ii) the duties of an
employee who is a participant in another bonus plan of the Company change
and the employee is newly designated by the Committee as a Participant in
this Plan, then the maximum amount that such Participant would be entitled
to receive under the Plan shall be

    (1) the Annual Award determined in accordance with the provisions of
the Plan with respect to the entire Fiscal Year in which such event 
occurred; and

    (2) a Long-Term Award with respect to each Long-Term Performance 
Period which has commenced at the time of the event, determined in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan,

subject, in all events, to the Committee's right to adjust such awards in
accordance with and subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 6(a),
in its absolute discretion, which may be exercised in such a way that the
Committee deems fair and equitable based on the performance of Participant 
while participating in the other bonus plan of the Company.

    Section 11. RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES. (a) Nothing
contained in the Plan shall confer upon any Participant any right to 
continue in the employ of the Company or constitute any contract or
agreement of employment or interfere in any way with the right of the
Company to terminate or change the conditions of employment.


                                      9
<PAGE>

    (b) The Company shall pay all amounts payable hereunder only to the
Participant or his or her personal representatives. In the event of the
death of a Participant, payments of all amounts otherwise due to the
Participant under the Plan shall be made to the Participant's beneficiary 
at the time of death under the Company Paid Life Plan of Payless 
ShoeSource, Inc. or to such other beneficiary as the Participant shall have
designated, in writing, for purposes of this Plan on a form provided by the
Company.

    (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(d), rights to payments
under the Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, 
alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, levy or
charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void; nor shall any such amounts
be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, contracts,
liabilities, engagements or torts of the Participant or his or her
beneficiaries.

    (d) Nothing in this Section 11 shall prohibit the personal 
representatives of a Participant from designating that any amount that
would otherwise be distributed to the Participant's estate should be
distributed in accordance with the terms of the Participant's last will and
testament or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution.

    Section 12.  UNFUNDED CHARACTER OF THE PLAN.  The right of a
Participant to receive any Annual Award or Long-Term Award hereunder shall
be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company.  Nothing
in the Plan shall require the Company to invest any amounts in Stock or in
any other medium.

    Section  13.  CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.  In the event that there is
any change in the Stock through merger, consolidation, reorganization,
recapitalization, spin-off or otherwise, or if there shall be any dividend
on the Stock, payable in such Stock, or if there shall be a stock split or
combination of shares, then the fraction provided for in Section 5(b) of
the Plan shall be adjusted by the Committee as it deems desirable, in its
absolute discretion, to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of 
Participants.  The issuance of Stock for consideration and the issuance of
Stock rights shall not be considered a change in the Company's capital
structure.

    Section 14.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  The Committee may, by 
resolution, amend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Any amendment 
necessary to bring the Plan into compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code 
and any regulations thereunder shall not require shareowner approval and
the effectiveness of such amendment shall be as of the effective date of
the provision in Section 162(m) of the Code or regulations thereunder
giving rise to the amendment. However, (i) shareowner approval shall be
sought for any changes to the Plan which would require shareowner approval
under Section 162(m) of the Code and (ii) except as provided in the
preceding sentence, the Committee may not, without the consent of the 
Participant, amend or terminate the Plan in such a manner as to affect
adversely any Annual Award or Long-Term Award which would have been 
payable, based on the terms of the Plan immediately prior to any such 
amendment or termination, for any Fiscal Year or Long-Term Performance 
Period which has already commenced as of the effective date of the
amendment or termination.

                                       10
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                       Exhibit 11
                     PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.
               COMPUTATION OF NET EARNINGS PER SHARE


                                             13 Weeks Ended
(Thousands, except per share)           ------------------------
                                          May 4,       April 29,
                                           1996          1995  
                                        ----------     ---------
Net earnings                            $   24,226     $  26,530

Common shares outstanding                   40,365        40,365
                                        ----------     ---------
Net earnings per share                  $      .60     $     .66
                                        ==========     =========

Primary Computation:
- -------------------
Net earnings                            $   24,226     $  26,530

Common shares outstanding                   40,365        40,365

Net effect of dilutive stock
  options based on the treasury
  stock method                                  16             0
                                        ----------     ---------
Outstanding shares for primary
  earnings per share                    $   40,381     $  40,365
                                        ==========     =========
Primary earnings per share              $      .60     $     .66
                                        ==========     =========

Fully Diluted Computation:
- -------------------------
Net earnings                            $   24,226     $  26,530

Common shares outstanding                   40,365        40,365

Net effect of dilutive stock
  options based on the treasury
  stock method                                  16             0
                                        ----------     ---------
Outstanding shares for fully
  diluted earnings per share            $   40,381     $  40,365
                                        ==========     =========
Fully Diluted earnings per share        $      .60     $     .66
                                        ==========     =========


Note:  Outstanding shares used in earnings per share calculation
is the number of shares issued and outstanding as of May 4, 1996,
the date of the spin-off from The May Department Stores Company.






<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                       Exhibit 20
                      PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.
                 PRESS RELEASE OF SALES AND EARNINGS



For Immediate Release                   Contact:  Rick Nida
                                                  (913) 295-6695

PAYLESS SHOESOURCE REPORTS FIRST QUARTER EARNINGS
ROSE 5.1 PERCENT BEFORE SPIN-OFF COSTS

TOPEKA, Kan., May 13, 1996 -- Payless ShoeSource Inc. (NYSE:PSS)
today reported first quarter earnings of $27.9 million, or 69
cents a share, excluding special costs associated with Payless'
spin-off from The May Department Stores Company. The 1996 first
quarter earnings before spin-off costs rose 5.1 percent from 1995
net earnings of $26.5 million, or 66 cents a share.
     For the 13 weeks ended May 4, Payless net earnings totaled
$24.2 million, or 60 cents a share, including the spin-off costs. 
During the first quarter of 1996, Payless incurred $6.1 million
in costs ($3.7 million, or 9 cents a share, after tax) associated
with Payless  spin-off from The May Department Stores Company. 
Payless currently estimates these costs will total an additional
$3.9 million after tax during the remainder of the current fiscal
year. 
     Payless was spun off from The May Department Stores Company
on May 4, 1996, the end of Payless  fiscal first quarter. May
shareowners received 0.16 share of Payless stock for each May
share they held. 
     Payless store-for-store sales rose 5.3 percent in the first
quarter. Total sales were $601.4 million, up 5.6 percent from
$569.6 million in 1995. Sales comparisons for the quarter
benefited from a one-week shift in reporting periods. Store-for-
store sales for the quarter ended May 4 rose 1.4 percent when
adjusted to reflect the change in reporting periods.
     "We're pleased to report that our results are in line with
our expectations as we become an independent company," said
Steven J. Douglass, chairman of the board and chief executive
officer of Payless.  Mr. Douglass noted that Payless benefited in
the first quarter from reduced competition in key locations. 
More than 500 self-service, discount shoe stores were closed by
competitors in late 1995 and early 1996.  We worked diligently to
position our inventories and focus our store associates to
capture transfer sales from closed competitors, and we are
encouraged by the results,  said Mr. Douglass.
     During the first quarter, Payless closed 115 stores. In May,
Payless will close an additional 225 stores as part of its
previously announced plan to close underperforming stores. The
projected cost of the store-closing program was recorded as a
charge to earnings in the fourth quarter of 1995.
     Payless is the nation's largest footwear retailer. Payless
operated 4,477 stores in 49 states, Puerto Rico and the U.S.
Virgin Islands at the end of the first quarter.





<PAGE>
                      Payless ShoeSource Inc.
       Unaudited First Quarter Results of Operations (A, B)


(Millions, except per share data)         13 Weeks Ended
                                   -----------------------------
                                   May 4, 1996    April 29, 1995
                                   -----------    --------------
Net Sales                             601.4            569.6

Cost of Sales                         426.6            403.6

Selling, general and admini-
  strative expenses before
  spin-off costs                      128.1            121.8

Spin-off costs (C)                      6.1             --

Interest expense, net                   0.3              0.3
                                     -------          -------

Earnings before income taxes           40.3             43.9

Provision for income taxes             16.1             17.4

Net Earnings                           24.2             26.5
                                     -------          -------

Earnings per share (D)                  0.60             0.66
                                     =======          =======

Shares Outstanding (D)                 40.4             40.4



              NOTES TO INTERIM RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

A.  The unaudited interim results of operations have been
prepared in accordance with the company's accounting policies as
described in the company's Form 10 Registration Statement, on
file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and should be
read in conjunction with the Registration Statement. In the
opinion of management, this information is fairly presented and
all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments)
necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim
periods have been included. However, certain items are included
in this statement based on estimates for the entire year.

B.  The financial information for both quarters reflects the
results of operations of the business when it was a division of
The May Department Stores Company. The financial statements were
prepared based on certain assumptions about Payless  operations,
assets and liabilities had it been an independent company during
these periods. Payless was spun off from The May Department
Stores Company on May 4, 1996, and is now an independent company. 


                                2

<PAGE>
C. As disclosed in the company's registration statement, Payless
is incurring retention costs associated with the spin-off that
established Payless as an independent company. Those costs
totaled $6.1 million pre-tax in the first quarter of 1996, and
are expected to total $6.6 million for the remainder of this
year. 

D. Payless earnings per share and outstanding shares were
calculated based on the number of Payless shares issued and
outstanding as of May 4, 1996, the date of the spin-off from The
May Department Stores Company. 














































                                3

<PAGE>


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
                                   EXHIBIT 27
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM PAYLESS
SHOESOURCE, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS FOR THE 13
WEEKS ENDED MAY 4, 1996, AND CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS AT
MAY 4, 1996, AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK> 0001008802
<NAME> PAYLESS SHOESOURCE,INC.
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          FEB-01-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             FEB-04-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               MAY-04-1996
<CASH>                                          92,300<F1>
<SECURITIES>                                         0<F2>
<RECEIVABLES>                                    5,900<F3>
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0<F3>
<INVENTORY>                                    366,300
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               510,100
<PP&E>                                         865,100
<DEPRECIATION>                                 321,500
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,057,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          234,300
<BONDS>                                          9,400<F4>
<COMMON>                                           400
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                     780,700<F5>
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,057,000
<SALES>                                        601,400<F6>
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               601,400
<CGS>                                          426,600
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  426,600
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 300
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 40,300
<INCOME-TAX>                                    16,100
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             24,200
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    24,200
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .60<F7>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .60<F7>
<FN>
<F1>Includes any marketable securities
<F2>Any "securities" are shown under "Cash"
<F3>Receivables are net after deduction of allowances.
<F4>Consists of Capital Lease Obligations
<F5>Reflects Retained Earnings and Additional Paid In Capital.
<F6>Reflects net sales.
<F7> Expressed in dollars
</FN>


<PAGE>



























































</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission